WO2025117490A1 - Arenavirus t cell epitopes, megapools and uses thereof - Google Patents
Arenavirus t cell epitopes, megapools and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025117490A1 WO2025117490A1 PCT/US2024/057372 US2024057372W WO2025117490A1 WO 2025117490 A1 WO2025117490 A1 WO 2025117490A1 US 2024057372 W US2024057372 W US 2024057372W WO 2025117490 A1 WO2025117490 A1 WO 2025117490A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- peptides
- amino acid
- set forth
- seq
- nos
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/32—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency specific for a neo-epitope on a complex, e.g. antibody-antigen or ligand-receptor
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2760/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses negative-sense
- C12N2760/00011—Details
- C12N2760/10011—Arenaviridae
- C12N2760/10022—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2760/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses negative-sense
- C12N2760/00011—Details
- C12N2760/10011—Arenaviridae
- C12N2760/10034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
Definitions
- the present invention relates in general to the field of proteins and peptides that are T cell epitopes and/or antigens for Arenavirus, including epitopes and antigens from Lassa virus, and more particularly, to compositions and methods for the prevention, treatment, diagnosis, kits, and uses of such T cell epitopes and antigens, including megapools, for use in detecting and characterizing Arenavirus specific responses in infection and following vaccination.
- the present invention includes a composition comprising: one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from the sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises 2 or more or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the amino acid sequence is selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the composition comprises one or more Lassa virus peptides amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the peptide or protein comprises an Arenavirus T cell epitope.
- the one or more peptides or proteins comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to an Arenavirus.
- the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to the Arenavirus is an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
- the composition further comprises formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
- the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide-coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL- 3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), pathogen
- the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
- the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN- y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF -P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- the present invention includes a composition comprising monomers or multimers of: peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- a composition comprising monomers or multimers of: peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (
- the present invention includes a composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the MHC monomer or multimer.
- MHC peptide-major histocompatibility complex
- the present invention includes a composition comprising: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises, 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus T cell epitope.
- the one or more peptides or proteins comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9- 15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to Lassa virus.
- the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to Lassa virus is a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
- the composition further comprises formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
- the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosineguanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM- CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D- isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide-coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12,
- the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
- the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL-10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- the present invention includes a composition comprising monomers or multimers of: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more Lassa virus amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- a composition comprising monomers or multimers of: one or multimers of: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one
- the present invention includes a composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the (MHC) monomer or multimer.
- MHC peptide-major histocompatibility complex
- the present invention includes a method for detecting the presence of: (i) an Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides, comprising: providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells; contacting a biological sample suspected of having Arenavirus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
- the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
- the method of detecting an immune response relevant to the Arenavirus comprises the following steps: providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer; contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer.
- the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of the Arenavirus.
- the protein or peptide comprises a CD 8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the method further comprises detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of an Arenavirus infection.
- the detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- the method further comprises administering a treatment comprising the composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigen-specific T-cells.
- the present invention includes a method for detecting the presence of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Lassa virus peptides, comprising: providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells; contacting a biological sample suspected of having Lassa virus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to
- detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen- specific T-cells.
- the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
- detecting an immune response relevant to Lassa virus comprises the following steps: providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer; contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer.
- the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of Lassa virus.
- the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the method further comprises detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of a Lassa virus infection.
- detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, LACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- the method further comprises administering a treatment comprising the composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers to the subject from which the biological
- the present invention includes a method detecting an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers; and determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Arenavirus.
- the sample comprises T cells.
- the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti-Arenavirus activity of T cells.
- the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
- the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to the Arenavirus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profile that is different from a primary T cell immune response profile.
- the method further comprises diagnosing an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers, and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to an Arenavirus.
- the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
- the present invention includes a method detecting Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers; and determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Lassa virus.
- the sample comprises T cells.
- the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti-Lassa virus activity of T cells.
- the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
- the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to Lassa virus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde.
- the method further comprises diagnosing a Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers; and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to Lassa virus.
- the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
- the present invention includes a kit for the detection of Arenavirus or an immune response to Arenavirus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of: one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; or a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the composition comprises: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the amino acid sequence comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25- 30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Arenavirus.
- the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T- cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a
- the present invention includes a kit for the detection of Lassa virus or an immune response to Lassa virus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of: one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the amino acid sequence comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Lassa virus.
- the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a
- the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against an Arenavirus in a subject, comprising: administering a composition of one or more proteins, peptides, multimers or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein, peptide or multimers, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against the Arenavirus in the subject.
- the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology.
- the immune response is specific to: one or more Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising: administering a composition of proteins, peptides, multimers or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein, peptide or multimers, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
- the immune response provides the subject with protection against a Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the immune response is specific to: one or more Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Arenavirus in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against an Arenavirus in the subject.
- the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with an Arenavirus infection or pathology.
- the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
- the immune response provides the subject with protection against Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the present invention includes a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against an Arenavirus infection, comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Arenavirus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Arenavirus T cell immune response.
- a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue
- the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the anti-Arenavirus T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both.
- the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of an Arenavirus or two or more circulating forms of an Arenavirus.
- the Arenavirus infection is an acute infection.
- the subject is a mammal or a human.
- the method reduces Arenavirus viral titer, increases or stimulates Arenavirus viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Arenavirus viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Arenavirus viral titer or Arenavirus viral proliferation, reduces the amount of an Arenaviral protein or the amount of an Arenavirus nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of an Arenaviral protein or a Arenaviral nucleic acid.
- the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology.
- the disorder is one or more of Dandenong hemorrhagic fever, Lymphocitic choriomeningitis, Lassa fever, Argentine hemorrhagic fever, Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever, Brazilian hemorrhagic fever, influenza-like illness, or general hemorrhagic fever.
- the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology.
- the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches or pains, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
- the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Arenavirus infection or pathology.
- the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Arena virus.
- a plurality of Arenavirus T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with an Arenavirus.
- the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of an Arenavirus infection or exposure develops.
- the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with an Arenavirus.
- the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide.
- the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- the modulator is IL-6, IFN-y, TGF-p, or IL- 10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- the present invention includes a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Lassa virus T cell immune response.
- a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a
- the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the anti-Lassa virus T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both.
- the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of Lassa virus or two or more circulating forms of Lassa virus.
- the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
- the subject is a mammal or a human.
- the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa virus nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
- the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the disorder is one or more of Lassa fever, influenza-like illness, or general hemorrhagic fever.
- the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches or pains, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
- the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- a plurality of Lassa virus T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
- the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide.
- the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- the modulator is IL-6, IFN-y, TGF-p, or IL-10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- the present invention includes a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject the composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection.
- the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
- the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
- the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
- the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- the composition is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
- the composition is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- the present invention includes a peptide or peptides that are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in a virus obtained by a method consisting of, or consisting essentially of: obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus; determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more virus antigen using unbiased selection; synthesizing one or more pools of viral peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides; combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes; contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the virus; determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant
- MHC major histo
- the virus is an Arenavirus.
- the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
- the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the present invention includes a method of selecting an immunoprevalent or immunodominant peptide or protein of a viral comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus; determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more virus antigen using unbiased selection; synthesizing one or more pools of virus peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides; combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes; contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the virus; determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool
- MHC major histo
- the virus is an Arenavirus.
- the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
- the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the present invention includes a polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the vector comprises the polynucleotide of claim that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), a viral vector, or a host cell the comprises the same.
- the present invention includes a polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- the vector comprises the polynucleotide of claim that expresses one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), a viral vector, or a host cell that comprises the same.
- the term “gene” means the segment of DNA involved in producing a protein; it includes regions preceding and following the coding region (leader and trailer) as well as intervening sequences (introns) between individual coding segments (exons).
- the leader, the trailer as well as the introns include regulatory elements that are necessary during the transcription and the translation of a gene.
- a “protein gene product” is a protein expressed from a particular gene.
- the word “expression” or “expressed” as used herein in reference to a gene means the transcriptional and/or translational product of that gene.
- the level of expression of a DNA molecule in a cell may be determined on the basis of either the amount of corresponding mRNA that is present within the cell or the amount of protein encoded by that DNA produced by the cell.
- the level of expression of non-coding nucleic acid molecules e.g., sgRNA
- sgRNA may be detected by standard PCR or Northern blot methods well known in the art. See, Sambrook et al., 1989 Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 18.1- 18.88.
- amino acid refers to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids.
- Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified, e.g., hydroxyproline, y-carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine.
- Amino acid analogs refers to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, i.e., an a carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs have modified R groups (e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid.
- Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid.
- the terms “non-naturally occurring amino acid” and “unnatural amino acid” refer to amino acid analogs, synthetic amino acids, and amino acid mimetics which are not found in nature.
- Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUB Biochemical Nomenclature Commission. Nucleotides, likewise, may be referred to by their commonly accepted single-letter codes.
- polypeptide refers to a polymer of amino acid residues, wherein the polymer may, in embodiments, be conjugated to a moiety that does not consist of amino acids.
- the terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymers.
- a “fusion protein” refers to a chimeric protein encoding two or more separate protein sequences that are recombinantly expressed as a single moiety.
- one or more peptides refers to the use of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140, or 146 peptides of Table 1.
- Proteins and peptides include isolated and purified forms. Proteins and peptides also include those immobilized on a substrate, as well as amino acid sequences, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants, and derivatives immobilized on a substrate.
- Proteins and peptides can be included in compositions, for example, a pharmaceutical composition.
- a pharmaceutical composition is suitable for specific or non-specific immunotherapy, or is a vaccine composition.
- Isolated nucleic acid (including isolated nucleic acid) encoding the proteins and peptides are also provided.
- Cells expressing a protein or peptide are further provided.
- Such cells include eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, such as mammalian, insect, fungal and bacterial cells.
- Methods and uses and medicaments of proteins and peptides of the invention are included. Such methods, uses and medicaments include modulating immune activity of a cell against a pathogen, for example, a virus or virion.
- a pathogen for example, a virus or virion.
- peptide mimetic refers to protein-like chain designed to mimic a peptide or protein.
- Peptide mimetics may be generated by modifying an existing peptide or by designing a compound that mimic peptides, including peptoids and [3-peptides.
- “Conservatively modified variants” applies to both amino acid and nucleic acid sequences. With respect to particular nucleic acid sequences, “conservatively modified variants” refers to those nucleic acids that encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a number of nucleic acid sequences will encode any given protein. For instance, the codons GCA, GCC, GCG and GCU all encode the amino acid alanine. Thus, at every position where an alanine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such nucleic acid variations are “silent variations,” which are one species of conservatively modified variations.
- Every nucleic acid sequence herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid.
- each codon in a nucleic acid except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine, and TGG, which is ordinarily the only codon for tryptophan
- TGG which is ordinarily the only codon for tryptophan
- amino acid sequences one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence which alters, adds or deletes a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a “conservatively modified variant” where the alteration results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. Conservative substitution table providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. Such conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles of the disclosure.
- the following eight groups each contain amino acids that are conservative substitutions for one another: (1) Alanine (A), Glycine (G); (2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); (3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); (4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); (5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); (6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W); (7) Serine (S), Threonine (T); and (8) Cysteine (C), Methionine (M) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
- a “percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
- nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., about 60% identity, preferably 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity over a specified region, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window or designated region) as measured using a BLAST or BLAST 2.0 sequence comparison algorithms with default parameters described below, or by manual alignment and visual inspection (see, e.g., NCBI web site ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/ or the like).
- sequences are then said to be “substantially identical.”
- This definition also refers to, or may be applied to, the compliment of a test sequence.
- the definition also includes sequences that have deletions and/or additions, as well as those that have substitutions.
- the preferred algorithms can account for gaps and the like.
- identity exists over a region that is at least about 25 amino acids or nucleotides in length, or more preferably over a region that is 50-100 amino acids or nucleotides in length.
- amino acid or nucleotide base “position” is denoted by a number that sequentially identifies each amino acid (or nucleotide base) in the reference sequence based on its position relative to the N- terminus (or 5 ’-end). Due to deletions, insertions, truncations, fusions, and the like that must be taken into account when determining an optimal alignment, in general the amino acid residue number in a test sequence determined by simply counting from the N-terminus will not necessarily be the same as the number of its corresponding position in the reference sequence.
- a variant has a deletion relative to an aligned reference sequence
- that insertion will not correspond to a numbered amino acid position in the reference sequence.
- truncations or fusions there can be stretches of amino acids in either the reference or aligned sequence that do not correspond to any amino acid in the corresponding sequence.
- multimer refers to a complex comprising multiple monomers (e.g., a protein complex) associated by noncovalent bonds.
- the monomers be substantially identical monomers, or the monomers may be different.
- the multimer is a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a pentamer.
- MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
- HLA human leucocyte antigens
- MHC Class I or Class II multimers are well known in the art and include but are not limited to dimers, tetramers, pentamers, hexamers, heptamers and octamers.
- MHC/peptide multimer refers to a stable multimeric complex composed of MHC protein(s) subunits loaded with a peptide of the present invention.
- an MHC/peptide multimer also called herein MHC/peptide complex
- MHC/peptide complex include, but are not limited to, an MHC/peptide dimer, trimer, tetramer, pentamer, dextramer, or higher/other valency multimer.
- dextramers are those of IMMUDEX®.
- HLA- A HLA-A
- HLA-B HLA-C
- HLA-A*01, HLA-A*02, and HLA-A* 11 are examples of different MHC class I alleles that can be expressed from these loci.
- Non-classical human MHC class I molecules such as HLA-E (homolog of mice Qa-lb) and MICA/B molecules are also encompassed by the present invention.
- the MHC/peptide multimer is an HLA/peptide multimer selected from the group consisting of HLA-A/peptide multimer, HLA-B/peptide multimer, HLA-C/peptide multimer, HLA-E/peptide multimer, MICA/peptide multimer and MICB/peptide multimer.
- HLA-DR HLA-DR
- HLA-DP HLA-DP
- HLA-DQ HLA-DQ
- HLA-DQAl*01 HLA-DRBl*01
- HLA-DRBl*03 HLA-DRBl*03
- HLA-DRBl*03 non-classical human MHC class II molecules
- HLA-DM and HL-DOA homolog in mice is H2-DM and H2-O
- the MHC/peptide multimer is an HLA/peptide multimer selected from the group consisting of HLA-DP/peptide multimer, HLA-DQ/peptide multimer, HLA- DR/peptide multimer, HLA-DM/peptide multimer and HLA-DO/peptide multimer.
- An MHC/peptide multimer may be a multimer where the heavy chain of the MHC is biotinylated, which allows combination as a tetramer with streptavidin. MHC -peptide tetramers have increased avidity for the appropriate T cell receptor (TCR) on T lymphocytes.
- TCR T cell receptor
- the multimers can also be attached to paramagnetic particles or magnetic beads to facilitate removal of non-specifically bound reporter and cell sorting. Multimer staining does not kill the labelled cells, thus, cell integrity is maintained for further analysis.
- the MHC/peptide multimer of the present invention is particularly suitable for isolating and/or identifying a population of CD8+ T cells having specificity for the peptide of the present invention (in a flow cytometry assay).
- the peptides or MHC class I or class II multimer as described herein is particularly suitable for detecting T cells specific for one or more peptides of the present invention.
- the peptide(s) and/or the MHC/multimer complex of the present invention is particularly suitable for diagnosing Arenavirus infection in a subject.
- the method comprises obtaining a blood or PBMC sample obtained from the subject with an amount of a least peptide of the present invention and detecting at least one T cell displaying a specificity for the peptide.
- Another diagnostic method of the present invention involves the use of a peptide of the present invention that is loaded on multimers as described above, so that the isolated CD8+ or CD4+ T cells from the subject are brought into contact with the multimers, at which the binding, activation and/or expansion of the T cells is measured.
- the number of CD8+ and/or CD4+ cells binding specifically to the HLA-peptide multimer may be quantified by measuring the secretion of lymphokines/cytokines, division of the T cells, or standard flow cytometry methods, such as, for example, using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
- FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
- the multimers can also be attached to paramagnetic ferrous or magnetic beads to facilitate removal of non-specifically bound reporter and cell sorting.
- the MHC class I or class II peptide multimers as described herein can also be used as therapeutic agents.
- the peptide and/or the MHC class I or class II peptide multimers of the present invention are suitable for treating or preventing an Arenavirus infection in a subject.
- the MHC Class I or Class II multimers can be administered in soluble form or loaded on nanoparticles.
- antibody refers to a polypeptide encoded by an immunoglobulin gene or functional fragments thereof that specifically binds and recognizes an antigen.
- the recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon, and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes.
- Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda.
- Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
- the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein at least two times the background and more typically more than 10 to 100 times background.
- Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions requires an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein.
- polyclonal antibodies can be selected to obtain only a subset of antibodies that are specifically immunoreactive with the selected antigen and not with other proteins.
- This selection may be achieved by subtracting out antibodies that cross-react with other molecules .
- a variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein.
- solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein (see, e.g., Harlow & Lane, Using Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual (1998) for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity).
- Antibodies are large, complex molecules (molecular weight of -150,000 or about 1320 amino acids) with intricate internal structure.
- a natural antibody molecule contains two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one light chain and one heavy chain.
- Each light chain and heavy chain in turn consists of two regions: a variable (“V”) region involved in binding the target antigen, and a constant (“C”) region that interacts with other components of the immune system.
- the light and heavy chain variable regions come together in 3 -dimensional space to form a variable region that binds the antigen (for example, a receptor on the surface of a cell).
- Within each light or heavy chain variable region there are three short segments (averaging 10 amino acids in length) called the complementarity determining regions (“CDRs”).
- the six CDRs in an antibody variable domain fold up together in 3 -dimensional space to form the actual antibody binding site which docks onto the target antigen.
- the position and length of the CDRs have been precisely defined by Kabat, E. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 1983, 1987.
- the part of a variable region not contained in the CDRs is called the framework (“FR”), which forms the environment for the CDRs.
- antibody is used according to its commonly known meaning in the art. Antibodies exist, e.g., as intact immunoglobulins or as a number of well-characterized fragments produced by digestion with various peptidases. Thus, for example, pepsin digests an antibody below the disulfide linkages in the hinge region to produce F(ab)’2, a dimer of Fab which itself is a light chain joined to VH-CHI by a disulfide bond. The F(ab)’2 may be reduced under mild conditions to break the disulfide linkage in the hinge region, thereby converting the F(ab) 5 2 dimer into a Fab’ monomer.
- the Fab’ monomer is essentially Fab with part of the hinge region (see Fundamental Immunology (Paul ed., 3d ed. 1993). While various antibody fragments are defined in terms of the digestion of an intact antibody, one of skill will appreciate that such fragments may be synthesized de novo either chemically or by using recombinant DNA methodology. Thus, the term antibody, as used herein, also includes antibody fragments either produced by the modification of whole antibodies, orthose synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies (e.g., single chain Fv) or those identified using phage display libraries (see, e.g., McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554 (1990)).
- An exemplary immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit comprises a tetramer.
- Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one “light” (about 25 kD) and one “heavy” chain (about 50-70 kD).
- the N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition.
- the terms variable light chain (VL) and variable heavy chain (VH) refer to these light and heavy chains respectively.
- the Fc i.e., fragment crystallizable region
- the Fc region is the “base” or “tail” of an immunoglobulin and is typically composed of two heavy chains that contribute two or three constant domains depending on the class of the antibody. By binding to specific proteins, the Fc region ensures that each antibody generates an appropriate immune response for a given antigen.
- the Fc region also binds to various cell receptors, such as Fc receptors, and other immune molecules, such as complement proteins.
- epitopes include but are not limited to a polypeptide and a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide, wherein expression of the nucleic acid into a polypeptide is capable of stimulating an immune response when the polypeptide is processed and presented on a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule.
- MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex
- epitopes include peptides presented on the surface of cells non-covalently bound to the binding groove of Class I or Class II MHC, such that they can interact with T cell receptors and the respective T cell accessory molecules.
- antigens and epitopes also apply when discussing the antigen binding portion of an antibody, wherein the antibody binds to a specific structure of the antigen.
- Epitopes that are displayed by MHC on antigen presenting cells are cleavage peptides or products of larger peptide or protein antigen precursors.
- protein antigens are often digested by proteasomes resident in the cell. Intracellular proteasomal digestion produces peptide fragments of about 3 to 23 amino acids in length that are then loaded onto the MHC protein. Additional proteolytic activities within the cell, or in the extracellular milieu, can trim and process these fragments further. Processing of MHC Class II epitopes generally occurs via intracellular proteases from the lysosomal/endosomal compartment.
- the present invention includes, in one embodiment, pre- processed peptides that are attached to the anti-CD40 antibody (or fragment thereof) that directs the peptides against which an enhanced immune response is sought directly to antigen presenting cells.
- the present invention includes methods for specifically identifying the epitopes within antigens most likely to lead to the immune response sought for the specific sources of antigen presenting cells and responder T cells.
- T cell epitope refers to a specific amino acid that when present in the context of a Major or Minor Histocompatibility Complex provides a reactive site for a T cell receptor.
- the T-cell epitopes or peptides that stimulate the cellular arm of a subject’s immune system are short peptides of about 8-25 amino acids.
- T-cell epitopes are recognized by T cells from animals that are immune to the antigen of interest.
- These T-cell epitopes or peptides can be used in assays such as the stimulation of cytokine release or secretion or evaluated by constructing major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins containing or “presenting” the peptide.
- MHC major histocompatibility
- Such immunogenically active fragments are often identified based on their ability to stimulate lymphocyte proliferation in response to stimulation by various fragments from the antigen of interest.
- the term “immunological response” refers to an antigen or composition is the development in a subject of a humoral and/or a cellular immune response to an antigen present in the composition of interest.
- a “humoral immune response” refers to an immune response mediated by antibody molecules
- a “cellular immune response” is one mediated by T-lymphocytes and/or other white blood cells.
- CTL cytolytic T-cells
- CTLs have specificity for peptide antigens that are presented in association with proteins encoded by the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) and expressed on the surfaces of cells.
- MHC major histocompatibility complex
- helper T-cells help induce and promote the destruction of intracellular microbes, or the lysis of cells infected with such microbes.
- Another aspect of cellular immunity involves an antigenspecific response by helper T-cells.
- Helper T-cells act to help stimulate the function, and focus the activity of, nonspecific effector cells against cells displaying peptide antigens in association with MHC molecules on their surface.
- a “cellular immune response” also refers to the production of cytokines, chemokines and other such molecules produced by activated T-cells and/or other white blood cells, including those derived from CD4+ and CD8+ T-cells.
- an immunological response may include one or more of the following effects: the production of antibodies by B-cells; and/or the activation of effector and/or suppressor T-cells and/or gamma-delta T-cells directed specifically to an antigen or antigens present in the composition or vaccine of interest.
- These responses may serve to neutralize infectivity, and/or mediate antibody-complement, or antibody dependent cell cytotoxicity (ADCC) to provide protection to an immunized host.
- ADCC antibody dependent cell cytotoxicity
- Such responses can be determined using standard immunoassays and neutralization assays, well known in the art.
- an “immunogenic composition” and “vaccine” refer to a composition that comprises an antigenic molecule where administration of the composition to a subject or patient results in the development in the subject of a humoral and/or a cellular immune response to the antigenic molecule of interest.
- Vaccine refers to a composition that can provide active acquired immunity to and/or therapeutic effect (e.g., treatment) of a particular disease or a pathogen.
- a vaccine typically contains one or more agents that can induce an immune response in a subject against a pathogen or disease, i.e., a target pathogen or disease.
- the immunogenic agent stimulates the body’s immune system to recognize the agent as a threat or indication of the presence of the target pathogen or disease, thereby inducing immunological memory so that the immune system can more easily recognize and destroy any of the pathogen on subsequent exposure.
- Vaccines can be prophylactic (e.g., preventing or ameliorating the effects of a future infection by any natural or pathogen) or therapeutic (e.g., reducing symptoms or aberrant conditions associated with infection).
- the administration of vaccines is referred to vaccination.
- a vaccine composition can provide nucleic acid, e.g., mRNA that encodes antigenic molecules (e.g., peptides) to a subject.
- the nucleic acid that is delivered via the vaccine composition in the subject can be expressed into antigenic molecules and allow the subject to acquire immunity against the antigenic molecules.
- the vaccine composition can provide mRNA encoding antigenic molecules that are associated with a certain pathogen, e.g., one or more peptides that are known to be expressed in the pathogen (e.g., pathogenic virus).
- the present invention provides nucleic acid molecules, specifically polynucleotides, primary constructs and/or mRNA that encode one or more polynucleotides that express one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof for use in immune modulation.
- nucleic acid refers to any compound and/or substance that comprise a polymer of nucleotides, referred to herein as polynucleotides.
- nucleic acids or polynucleotides of the invention include, but are not limited to, ribonucleic acids (RNAs), deoxyribonucleic acids (DNAs), threose nucleic acids (TNAs), glycol nucleic acids (GNAs), peptide nucleic acids (PNAs), locked nucleic acids (LNAs), including diastereomers of LNAs, functionalized LNAs, or hybrids thereof.
- RNAs ribonucleic acids
- DNAs deoxyribonucleic acids
- TAAs threose nucleic acids
- GNAs glycol nucleic acids
- PNAs peptide nucleic acids
- LNAs locked nucleic acids
- One method of immune modulation of the present invention includes direct or indirect gene transfer, i.e., local application of a preparation containing the one or more polynucleotides (DNA, RNA, mRNA, etc.) that expresses the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- a variety of well-known vectors can be used to deliver to cells the one or more polynucleotides or the peptides or proteins expressed by the polynucleotides, including but not limited to adenoviral vectors and adeno-associated vectors.
- naked DNA, liposome delivery methods, or other novel vectors developed to deliver the polynucleotides to cells can also be beneficial.
- promoters can be used to drive peptide or protein expression, including but not limited to endogenous promoters, constitutive promoters (e.g., cytomegalovirus, adenovirus, or SV40), inducible promoters (e.g., a cytokine promoter such as the interleukin- 1, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or interleukin-6 promoter), and tissue specific promoters to express the immunogenic peptides or proteins of the present invention.
- constitutive promoters e.g., cytomegalovirus, adenovirus, or SV40
- inducible promoters e.g., a cytokine promoter such as the interleukin- 1, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or interleukin-6 promoter
- tissue specific promoters e.g., a cytokine promoter such as the interleukin- 1, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or interleukin-6 promoter
- the immunization may include adenoviral, adeno-associated bacteria, herpes bacteria, vaccinia bacteria, retroviruses, or other bacterial vectors with the appropriate tropism for cells likely to present the antigenic peptide(s) or protein(s) may be used as a gene transfer delivery system for a therapeutic peptide(s) or protein(s), comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, gene expression construct.
- Bacterial vectors which do not require that the target cell be actively dividing are particularly useful when the cells are accumulating, but not proliferative.
- Numerous vectors useful for this purpose are generally known (Miller, Human Gene Therapy 15-14, 1990; Friedman, Science 244: 1275-1281, 1989; Eglitis and Anderson, BioTechniques 6:608-614, 1988; Tolstoshev and Anderson, Current Opinion in Biotechnology 1:55-61, 1990; Sharp, The Lancet 337: 1277-1278, 1991; Cometta et al., Nucleic Acid Research and Molecular Biology 36:311-322, 1987; Anderson, Science 226:401-409, 1984; Moen, Blood Cells 17:407- 416, 1991; and Miller and Rosman, Bio Techniques 7:980-990, 1989; Le Gal La Salle et al., Science 259:988-990, 1993; and Johnson, Chest 107:77S-83S, 1995
- the immunization may also include inserting the one or more polynucleotides (DNA, RNA, mRNA, etc.) that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof into the viral vector, along with another gene which encodes the ligand for a receptor on a specific target cell, for example, such that the vector is now target specific.
- Bacterial vectors can be made target specific by attaching, for example, a sugar, a glycolipid, or a protein.
- Targeting can also be accomplished by using an antibody to target the bacterial vector.
- Those of skill in the art will know of, or can readily ascertain without undue experimentation, specific polynucleotide sequences which can be inserted into the bacterial genome or attached to a bacterial envelope to allow target specific delivery of the bacterial vector containing the gene.
- This assistance can be provided, for example, by using helper cell lines that contain plasmids encoding all of the structural genes of the bacteria under the control of regulatory sequences within the bacterial genome.
- plasmids are missing a nucleotide sequence which enables the packaging mechanism to recognize a polynucleotide transcript for encapsidation.
- These cell lines produce empty virions, since no genome is packaged. If a bacterial vector is introduced into such cells in which the packaging signal is intact, but the structural genes are replaced by other genes of interest, the vector can be packaged and vector virion produced.
- Bacterial or non-bacterial approaches may also be employed for the introduction of one or more therapeutic polynucleotides that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, into polynucleotide- encoding polynucleotide into antigen presenting cells.
- the polynucleotides may be DNA, RNA, mRNA that directly encode the one or more peptides or proteins of the present invention, or may be introduced as part of an expression vector.
- an immunization includes colloidal dispersion systems that include macromolecule complexes, nanocapsules, microspheres, beads, and lipid-based systems including oil-in- water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and liposomes and the one or more polynucleotides that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- a colloidal system for use with the present invention is a liposome.
- Liposomes are artificial membrane vesicles which are useful as delivery vehicles in vitro and in vivo. It has been shown that large unilamellar vesicles (LUV), which range in size from 0.2-4.0 micrometers that can encapsulate a substantial percentage of an aqueous buffer containing large macromolecules. RNA, DNA and intact virions can be encapsulated within the aqueous interior and be delivered to cells in a biologically active form (Fraley, et al., Trends Biochem. Sci., 6:77, 1981). In addition to mammalian cells, liposomes have been used for delivery of polynucleotides in plant, yeast and bacterial cells.
- LUV large unilamellar vesicles
- a liposome In order for a liposome to be an efficient gene transfer vehicle, the following characteristics should be present: (Zakut and Givol, supra) encapsulation of the genes of interest at high efficiency while not compromising their biological activity; (Feamhead, et al., supra) preferential and substantial binding to a target cell in comparison to non-target cells; (Korsmeyer, S. J., supra) delivery of the aqueous contents of the vesicle to the target cell cytoplasm at high efficiency; and (Kinoshita, et al., supra) accurate and effective expression of genetic information (Mannino, et al., Bio Techniques, 6:682, 1988).
- the composition for immunizing the subject or patient may, in certain embodiments comprise a combination of phospholipid, particularly high-phase-transition-temperature phospholipids, usually in combination with steroids, especially cholesterol. Other phospholipids or other lipids may also be used.
- the physical characteristics of liposomes depend on pH, ionic strength, and the presence of divalent cations.
- the targeting of liposomes can be classified based on anatomical and mechanistic factors. Anatomical classification is based on the level of selectivity, for example, organ-specific, cell-specific, and organelle-specific. Mechanistic targeting can be distinguished based upon whether it is passive or active.
- Passive targeting utilizes the natural tendency of liposomes to distribute to cells of the reticuloendothelial system (RES) in organs which contain sinusoidal capillaries.
- Active targeting involves alteration of the liposome by coupling the liposome to a specific ligand such as a monoclonal antibody, sugar, glycolipid, or protein, or by changing the composition or size of the liposome in order to achieve targeting to organs and cell types other than the naturally occurring sites of localization, specifically, cells that can become infected with an Arenavirus or interact with the proteins, peptides, and/or gene products of an Arenavirus, e.g., immune cells.
- a specific ligand such as a monoclonal antibody, sugar, glycolipid, or protein
- the immune modulating polynucleotide construct, composition, or formulation is preferably applied to a site that will enhance the immune response.
- the immunization may be intramuscular, intraperitoneal, enteral, parenteral, intranasal, intrapulmonary, or subcutaneous.
- polynucleotide expression is directed from any suitable promoter (e.g., the human cytomegalovirus, simian bacteria 40, actin or adenovirus constitutive promoters; or the cytokine or metalloprotease promoters for activated synoviocyte specific expression).
- the immune modifying peptide(s) or protein(s) include polynucleotides, constructs and/or mRNAs that express the one or more polynucleotides that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, that are designed to improve one or more of the stability and/or clearance in tissues, uptake and/or kinetics, cellular access by the peptide(s) or protein(s), translational, mRNA halflife, translation efficiency, immune evasion, protein production capacity, accessibility to circulation, peptide(s) or protein(s) half-life and/or presentation in the context of MHC on antigen presenting cells.
- polynucleotides, constructs and/or mRNAs that express the one or more polynucleotides that express the one or more
- the present invention contemplates immunization for use in both active and passive immunization embodiments.
- Immunogenic compositions proposed to be suitable for use as a vaccine, may be prepared most readily directly from immunogenic peptides, proteins, monomers, multimers and/or peptide-MHC complexes prepared in a manner disclosed herein.
- the antigenic material is generally processed to remove undesired contaminants, such as, small molecular weight molecules, incomplete proteins, or when manufactured in plant cells, plant components such as cell walls, plant proteins, and the like. Often, these immunizations are lyophilized for ease of transport and/or to increase shelf-life and can then be more readily dissolved in a desired vehicle, such as saline.
- immunizations also referred to as vaccines
- the preparation of immunizations that contain the immunogenic proteins of the present invention as active ingredients is generally well understood in the art, as exemplified by United States Letters Patents 4,608,251; 4,601,903; 4,599,231; 4,599,230; 4,596,792; and 4.578,770, all incorporated herein by reference.
- immunizations are prepared as injectable.
- the immunizations can be a liquid solution or suspension but may also be provided in a solid form suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection may also be prepared.
- the preparation may also be emulsified.
- the active immunogenic ingredient is often mixed with excipients that are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient.
- excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, buffers, or the like and combinations thereof.
- the immunization may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, or adjuvants which enhance the effectiveness of the vaccines.
- the immunization is/are administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation, and in such amount as will be therapeutically effective and immunogenic.
- the quantity to be administered depends on the subject to be treated, including, e.g., the capacity of the individual’s immune system to synthesize antibodies, and the degree of protection desired.
- Precise amounts of active ingredient required to be administered depend on the judgment of the practitioner. However, suitable dosage ranges are of the order of several hundred micrograms active ingredient per vaccination. Suitable regimes for initial administration and booster shots are also variable but are typified by an initial administration followed by subsequent inoculations or other administrations.
- the manner of application of the immunization may be varied widely. Any of the conventional methods for administration of a vaccine are applicable. These are believed to also include oral application on a solid physiologically acceptable base or in a physiologically acceptable dispersion, parenterally, by injection or the like. The dosage of the vaccine will depend on the route of administration and will vary according to the size of the host.
- Various methods of achieving adjuvant effect for the vaccine includes use of agents such as aluminum hydroxide or phosphate (alum), commonly used as 0.05 to 0.1 percent solution in phosphate buffered saline, admixture with synthetic polymers of sugars (Carbopol) used as 0.25 percent solution, aggregation of the protein in the vaccine by heat treatment with temperatures ranging between 70° to 101°C for 30 second to 2-minute periods respectively. Aggregation by reactivating with pepsin treated (Fab) antibodies to albumin, mixture with bacterial cells such as C.
- agents such as aluminum hydroxide or phosphate (alum), commonly used as 0.05 to 0.1 percent solution in phosphate buffered saline, admixture with synthetic polymers of sugars (Carbopol) used as 0.25 percent solution, aggregation of the protein in the vaccine by heat treatment with temperatures ranging between 70° to 101°C for 30 second to 2-minute periods respectively. Aggregation by reactivating with pepsin treated (Fab)
- parvum or endotoxins or lipopolysaccharide components of gram-negative bacteria emulsion in physiologically acceptable oil vehicles such as mannide mono-oleate (Aracel A) or emulsion with 20 percent solution of a perfluorocarbon (Fluosol-DA) used as a block substitute may also be employed.
- physiologically acceptable oil vehicles such as mannide mono-oleate (Aracel A) or emulsion with 20 percent solution of a perfluorocarbon (Fluosol-DA) used as a block substitute may also be employed.
- the vaccine will be desirable to have multiple administrations of the vaccine, usually not exceeding six to ten immunizations, more usually not exceeding four immunizations and preferably one or more, usually at least about three immunizations.
- the immunizations will normally be at from two to twelve-week intervals, more usually from three to five-week intervals. Periodic boosters at intervals of 1- 5 years, usually three years, will be desirable to maintain protective levels of the antibodies.
- the course of the immunization may be followed by assays for antibodies for the supernatant antigens.
- the assays may be performed by labeling with conventional labels, such as radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent agents, and the like.
- baculobacteria expression Reilly, P. R., et al., BACULOBACTERIA EXPRESSION VECTORS: A LABORATORY MANUAL (1992); Beames, et al., Biotechniques 11:378 (1991); Pharmingen; Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.)
- vaccinia expression systems Earl, P. L., et al., “Expression of proteins in mammalian cells using vaccinia” In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel, et al.
- Plant cloning vectors Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Palo-Alto, Calif., and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Inc., Pistcataway, N.J.; Hood, E., et al., J. Bacteriol. 168: 1291-1301 (1986); Nagel, R., et al., FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 67:325 (1990); An, et al., “Binary Vectors”, and others in Plant Molecular Biology Manual A3: 1-20 (1988); Miki, B. L. A., et al., pp.
- the term “effective amount” or “effective dose” refers to that amount of the peptide or protein T cell epitopes of the invention sufficient to induce immunity, to prevent and/or ameliorate an infection or to reduce at least one symptom of an infection and/or to enhance the efficacy of another dose of peptide or protein T cell epitopes.
- An effective dose may refer to the amount of peptide or protein T cell epitopes sufficient to delay or minimize the onset of an infection.
- An effective dose may also refer to the amount of peptide or protein T cell epitopes that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of an infection.
- an effective dose is the amount with respect to peptide or protein T cell epitopes of the invention alone, or in combination with other therapies, that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of an infection.
- An effective dose may also be the amount sufficient to enhance a subject’s (e.g., a human’s) own immune response against a subsequent exposure to an infectious agent.
- Levels of immunity can be monitored, e.g., by measuring amounts of neutralizing secretory and/or serum antibodies, e.g., by plaque neutralization, complement fixation, enzyme-linked immunosorbent, or microneutralization assay.
- an “effective dose” is one that prevents disease and/or reduces the severity of symptoms.
- a “reduction” of a symptom or symptoms means decreasing of the severity or frequency of the symptom(s), or elimination of the symptom(s).
- a “prophylactically effective amount” of a drug is an amount of a drug that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology or condition, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology, or condition, or their symptoms, in this case, an infectious disease, and more particularly, an Arenavirus infection.
- a prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.
- Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products. For example, for the given parameter, an effective amount will show an increase or decrease of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 90%, or at least 100%. Efficacy can also be expressed as “-fold” increase or decrease. For example, a therapeutically effective amount can have at least a 1.2-fold, 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, or more effect over a control.
- the term “immune stimulator” refers to a compound that enhances an immune response via the body’s own chemical messengers (cytokines). These molecules comprise various cytokines, lymphokines and chemokines with immunostimulatory, immunopotentiating, and pro- inflammatory activities, such as interferons, interleukins (e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-12, IL-13); growth factors (e.g., granulocyte-macrophage (GM)-colony stimulating factor (CSF)); and other immunostimulatory molecules, such as macrophage inflammatory factor, Flt3 ligand, B7.1; B7.2, etc.
- the immune stimulator molecules can be administered in the same formulation as peptide or protein T cell epitopes s of the invention, or can be administered separately. Either the protein or an expression vector encoding the protein can be administered to produce an immunostimulatory effect.
- the term “protective immune response” or “protective response” refers to an immune response mediated by antibodies against an infectious agent, which is exhibited by a vertebrate (e.g., a human), which prevents or ameliorates an infection or reduces at least one symptom thereof.
- a vertebrate e.g., a human
- Peptide and protein T cell epitopes of the invention can stimulate the production of antibodies that, for example, neutralize infectious agents, blocks infectious agents from entering cells, blocks replication of said infectious agents, and/or protect host cells from infection and destruction.
- the term can also refer to an immune response that is mediated by T-lymphocytes and/or other white blood cells against an infectious agent, exhibited by a vertebrate (e.g., a human), that prevents or ameliorates Arenavirus infection or reduces at least one symptom thereof.
- a vertebrate e.g., a human
- Peptide and protein T cell epitopes of the invention can stimulate the T cell responses that, for example, neutralize infectious agents, kill virus infected cells, blocks infectious agents from entering cells, blocks replication of said infectious agents, and/or protect host cells from infection and destruction.
- biological sample refers to materials obtained from or derived from a subject or patient.
- a biological sample includes sections of tissues such as biopsy and autopsy samples, and frozen sections taken for histological purposes.
- samples include bodily fluids such as blood and blood fractions or products (e.g., serum, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like), sputum, tissue, cultured cells (e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells) stool, urine, synovial fluid, joint tissue, synovial tissue, synoviocytes, fibroblast-like synoviocytes, macrophage-like synoviocytes, immune cells, hematopoietic cells, fibroblasts, macrophages, T cells, etc.
- bodily fluids such as blood and blood fractions or products (e.g., serum, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like), sputum, tissue, cultured cells (e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells) stool, urine, synovial fluid, joint tissue,
- a biological sample is typically obtained from a eukaryotic organism, such as a mammal such as a primate e.g., chimpanzee or human; cow; dog; cat; a rodent, e.g., guinea pig, rat, mouse; rabbit; or a bird; reptile; or fish.
- a mammal such as a primate e.g., chimpanzee or human; cow; dog; cat; a rodent, e.g., guinea pig, rat, mouse; rabbit; or a bird; reptile; or fish.
- a “cell” refers to a cell carrying out metabolic or other function sufficient to preserve or replicate its genomic DNA.
- a cell can be identified by well-known methods in the art including, for example, presence of an intact membrane, staining by a particular dye, ability to produce progeny or, in the case of a gamete, ability to combine with a second gamete to produce a viable offspring.
- Cells may include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
- Prokaryotic cells include but are not limited to bacteria.
- Eukaryotic cells include but are not limited to yeast cells and cells derived from plants and animals, for example mammalian, insect (e.g., spodoptera) and human cells. Cells may be useful when they are naturally nonadherent or have been treated not to adhere to surfaces, for example by trypsinization.
- the term “contacting” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the process of allowing at least two distinct species to become sufficiently proximal to react, interact or physically touch. It should be appreciated; however, the resulting reaction product can be produced directly from a reaction between the added reagents or from an intermediate from one or more of the added reagents which can be produced in the reaction mixture.
- the term “contacting” may include allowing two species to react, interact, or physically touch, wherein the two species may be, for example, an amino acid sequence, protein, or peptide as provided herein and an immune cell, such as a T cell.
- a “control” sample or value refers to a sample that serves as a reference, usually a known reference, for comparison to a test sample.
- a test sample can be taken from a test condition, e.g., in the presence of a test compound, and compared to samples from known conditions, e.g., in the absence of the test compound (negative control), or in the presence of a known compound (positive control).
- a control can also represent an average value gathered from a number of tests or results.
- controls can be designed for assessment of any number of parameters.
- a control can be devised to compare therapeutic benefit based on pharmacological data (e.g., half-life) or therapeutic measures (e.g., comparison of side effects).
- pharmacological data e.g., half-life
- therapeutic measures e.g., comparison of side effects
- One of skill in the art will understand which controls are valuable in a given situation and be able to analyze data based on comparisons to control values. Controls are also valuable for determining the significance of data. For example, if values for a given parameter are widely variant in controls, variation in test samples will not be considered as significant.
- modulator refers to a composition that increases or decreases the level of a target molecule or the function of a target molecule or the physical state of the target of the molecule relative to the absence of the modulator.
- modulate is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the act of changing or varying one or more properties. “Modulation” refers to the process of changing or varying one or more properties. For example, as applied to the effects of a modulator on a target protein, to modulate means to change by increasing or decreasing a property or function of the target molecule or the amount of the target molecule.
- a disease e.g. a protein associated disease, a cancer (e.g., cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease)
- a disease e.g. cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease
- the disease e.g. cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease
- a symptom of the disease is caused by (in whole or in part) the substance or substance activity or function.
- a causative agent could be a target for treatment of the disease.
- aberrant refers to different from normal. When used to describe enzymatic activity or protein function, aberrant refers to activity or function that is greater or less than a normal control or the average of normal non-diseased control samples. Aberrant activity may refer to an amount of activity that results in a disease, wherein returning the aberrant activity to a normal or nondisease-associated amount (e.g., by administering a compound or using a method as described herein), results in reduction of the disease or one or more disease symptoms.
- subject refers to a living organism who is at risk of or prone to having a disease or condition, or who is suffering from a disease or condition that can be treated by administration of a composition or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein.
- Non-limiting examples include humans and other primates, but also includes non-human primates such as chimpanzees and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, sheep, pigs, goats and horses; domestic mammals such as dogs and cats; laboratory animals including rodents such as mice, rats and guinea pigs; birds, including domestic, wild and game birds such as chickens, turkeys and other gallinaceous birds, ducks, geese, and the like.
- the term does not denote a particular age. Thus, both adult and newborn individuals are intended to be covered.
- the system described above is intended for use in any of the above vertebrate species, since the immune systems of all of these vertebrates operate similarly.
- the terms “disease” or “condition” refer to a state of being or health status of a patient or subject capable of being treated with a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or method provided herein.
- a patient or subject is human.
- the disease is Arenavirus infection.
- the disease the result of an infection by an Arenavirus, such, as a Lassa virus, Guanarito virus, Junin virus, Lujo virus, Machupo Virus, Dandenong virus, Tacaribe virus, Flexal virus, Sabia virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, or a Whitewater Arroya virus.
- the disease is a hemorrhagic fever and/or Lassa fever.
- treatment or “treating,” or “palliating” or “ameliorating” are used interchangeably herein. These terms refer to an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including but not limited to therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit.
- therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated or the disorder resulting from viral infection. Also, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with viral infection or the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the patient, notwithstanding that the patient may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder or may still be infected.
- the compositions may be administered to a patient at risk of viral infection, of developing a particular disease, or to a patient reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made.
- Treatment includes preventing the infection or disease, that is, causing the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop by administration of a protective composition prior to infection or the induction of the disease; suppressing the disease, that is, causing the clinical symptoms of the disease or infection not to develop by administration of a protective composition after the inductive event or infection but prior to the clinical appearance or reappearance of the disease; inhibiting the disease, that is, arresting the development of clinical symptoms by administration of a protective composition after their initial appearance; preventing re-occurring of the disease and/or relieving the disease, that is, causing the regression of clinical symptoms by administration of a protective composition after their initial appearance.
- Treatment can also refer to any of (i) the prevention of infection or reinfection, as in a traditional vaccine, (ii) the reduction or elimination of symptoms, and (iii) the substantial or complete elimination of the pathogen in question. Treatment may be affected prophylactically (prior to infection) or therapeutically (following infection).
- treatment refers to a method of reducing the effects of one or more symptoms of infection with an Arenavirus.
- treatment can refer to a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100% reduction in the severity of an established infection, disease, condition, or symptom of the infection, disease or condition.
- a method for treating a disease is considered to be a treatment if there is a 10% reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease in a subject as compared to a control.
- the reduction can be a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or any percent reduction in between 10% and 100% as compared to native or control levels. It is understood that treatment does not necessarily refer to a cure or complete ablation of the disease, condition, or symptoms of the disease or condition and/or complete prevention of infection. Further, as used herein, references to decreasing, reducing, or inhibiting include a change of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or greater as compared to a control level and such terms can include but do not necessarily include complete elimination.
- diagnosis refers to recognition of an infection, disease or condition by signs and symptoms. Diagnosing can refer to determination of whether a subject has an infection or disease. Diagnosis may refer to determination of the type of disease or condition a subject has or the type of virus the subject is infected with.
- Diagnostic agents provided herein include any such agent, which are well-known in the relevant art.
- imaging agents include fluorescent and luminescent substances, including, but not limited to, a variety of organic or inorganic small molecules commonly referred to as “dyes,” “labels,” or “indicators.” Examples include fluorescein, rhodamine, acridine dyes, Alexa dyes, and cyanine dyes.
- Enzymes that may be used as imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, acid phosphatase, glucose oxidase, [3-galactosidase, [3- glucoronidase or [3-lactamase. Such enzymes may be used in combination with a chromogen, a Anorogenic compound or a luminogenic compound to generate a detectable signal.
- the peptide(s) or protein(s) of the present invention can also be used in binding assays including, but are not limited to, immunoassays such as competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, Meso Scale Discovery (MSD, Gaithersburg, Md.), immunoprecipitation assays, ELISPOT, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, and protein A immunoassays.
- immunoassays such as competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, Meso
- Radioactive substances that may be used as imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, 18 F, 32 P, 33 P, 45 Ti, 47 Sc, 52 Fe, 59 Fe, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 77 As, 86 Y, 90 Y.
- Paramagnetic ions that may be used as additional imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ions of transition and lanthanide metals (e.g., metals having atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71). These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
- transition and lanthanide metals e.g., metals having atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71.
- These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
- the imaging agent is a radioactive metal or paramagnetic ion
- the agent may be reacted with another long-tailed reagent having a long tail with one or more chelating groups attached to the long tail for binding to these ions.
- the long tail may be a polymer such as a polylysine, polysaccharide, or other derivatized or derivatizable chain having pendant groups to which the metals or ions may be added for binding.
- chelating groups examples include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTP A), DOTA, NOTA, NETA, TETA, porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups.
- dose refers to the amount of active ingredient given to an individual at each administration.
- the dose will vary depending on a number of factors, including the range of normal doses for a given therapy, frequency of administration; size and tolerance of the individual; severity of the condition; risk of side effects; and the route of administration.
- dose form refers to the particular format of the pharmaceutical or pharmaceutical composition, and depends on the route of administration.
- a dosage form can be in a liquid form for nebulization, e.g., for inhalants, in a tablet or liquid, e.g., for oral delivery, or a saline solution, e.g., for injection.
- administering means oral administration, administration as a suppository, topical contact, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intralesional, intrathecal, intranasal or subcutaneous administration, or the implantation of a slow-re lease device, e.g., a mini -osmotic pump, to a subject.
- Administration is by any route, including parenteral and transmucosal (e.g., buccal, sublingual, palatal, gingival, nasal, vaginal, rectal, or transdermal).
- Parenteral administration includes, e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arteriole, intradermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intraventricular, and intracranial.
- Other modes of delivery include, but are not limited to, the use of liposomal formulations, intravenous infusion, transdermal patches, etc.
- co-administer it is meant that a composition described herein is administered at the same time, just prior to, or just after the administration of one or more additional therapies, for example cancer therapies such as chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, radiotherapy, or immunotherapy.
- the compounds of the invention can be administered alone or can be co-administered to the patient.
- Co-administration is meant to include simultaneous or sequential administration of the compounds individually or in combination (more than one compound).
- compositions of the present invention can be delivered by transdermally, by a topical route, formulated as applicator sticks, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, gels, creams, ointments, pastes, jellies, paints, powders, and aerosols.
- Formulations suitable for oral administration can consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of the antibodies provided herein suspended in diluents, such as water, saline or PEG 400; (b) capsules, sachets or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as liquids, solids, granules or gelatin; (c) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (d) suitable emulsions.
- Tablet forms can include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, calcium phosphates, com starch, potato starch, microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, fillers, binders, diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, dyes, disintegrating agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers.
- Lozenge forms can comprise the active ingredient in a flavor, e.g., sucrose, as well as pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the active ingredient, carriers known in the art.
- a flavor e.g., sucrose
- an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the active ingredient, carriers known in the art.
- compositions can also include large, slowly metabolized macromolecules such as proteins, polysaccharides such as chitosan, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids and copolymers (such as latex functionalized sepharose (TM), agarose, cellulose, and the like), polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers, and lipid aggregates (such as oil droplets or liposomes). Additionally, these carriers can function as immunostimulating agents (z.e., adjuvants).
- adjuvant refers to a compound that when administered in conjunction with the compositions provided herein including embodiments thereof, augments the composition’s immune response.
- adjuvants are non-toxic, have high-purity, are degradable, and are stable.
- Adjuvants can augment an immune response by several mechanisms including lymphocyte recruitment, stimulation of B and/or T cells, and stimulation of macrophages.
- the adjuvant increases the titer of induced antibodies and/or the binding affinity of induced antibodies relative to the situation if the immunogen were used alone.
- a variety of adjuvants can be used in combination with the agents provided herein including embodiments thereof, to elicit an immune response.
- Preferred adjuvants augment the intrinsic response to an immunogen without causing conformational changes in the immunogen that affect the qualitative form of the response.
- Preferred adjuvants include aluminum hydroxide and aluminum phosphate, 3 De-O-acylated monophosphoryl lipid A (MPLTM) see GB 2220211 (RIBI ImmunoChem Research Inc., Hamilton, Montana, now part of Corixa).
- StimulonTM QS-21 is a triterpene glycoside or saponin isolated from the bark of the Quillaja Saponaria Molina tree found in South America (see Kensil el al., in Vaccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach (eds. Powell & Newman, Plenum Press, NY, 1995); US Patent No. 5,057,540), (Aquila BioPharmaceuticals, Framingham, MA).
- adjuvants are oil in water emulsions (such as squalene or peanut oil), optionally in combination with immune stimulants, such as monophosphoryl lipid A (see Stoute etal.,N. Engl. J. Med. 336, 86-91 (1997)), pluronic polymers, and killed mycobacteria.
- immune stimulants such as monophosphoryl lipid A (see Stoute etal.,N. Engl. J. Med. 336, 86-91 (1997)), pluronic polymers, and killed mycobacteria.
- Another adjuvant is CpG (WO 98/40100).
- Adjuvants can be administered as a component of a therapeutic composition with an active agent or can be administered separately, before, concurrently with, or after administration of the therapeutic agent.
- adjuvants contemplated for the invention are saponin adjuvants, such as StimulonTM (QS-21, Aquila, Framingham, MA) or particles generated therefrom such as ISCOMs (immunostimulating complexes) and ISCOMATRIX.
- Other adjuvants include RC-529, GM-CSF and Complete Freund’s Adjuvant (CFA) and Incomplete Freund’s Adjuvant (IF A).
- cytokines such as interleukins (e.g., IL-1 a and P peptides, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-12, IL-13, and IL-15), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), granulocyte -macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), chemokines, such as MIPla and and RANTES.
- interleukins e.g., IL-1 a and P peptides, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-12, IL-13, and IL-15
- M-CSF macrophage colony stimulating factor
- GM-CSF granulocyte -macrophage colony stimulating factor
- TNF tumor necrosis factor
- chemokines such as MIPla and and RANTES.
- glycolipid analogues including N-glycosylamides, N-glycosylureas and N-glycosylcarbamates, each of which is substituted in the sugar residue by an amino acid, as immuno-modulators or adjuvants (see US Pat. No. 4,855,283).
- Heat shock proteins e.g., HSP70 and HSP90, may also be used as adjuvants.
- Suitable formulations for rectal administration include, for example, suppositories, which consist of the packaged nucleic acid with a suppository base.
- Suitable suppository bases include natural or synthetic triglycerides or paraffin hydrocarbons.
- gelatin rectal capsules which consist of a combination of the compound of choice with a base, including, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols, and paraffin hydrocarbons.
- Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions, which can contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives.
- compositions can be administered, for example, by intravenous infusion, orally, topically, intraperitoneally, intravesically or intrathecally.
- Parenteral administration, oral administration, and intravenous administration are the preferred methods of administration.
- the formulations of compounds can be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, such as ampules and vials.
- Injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets of the kind previously described. Cells transduced by nucleic acids for ex vivo therapy can also be administered intravenously or parenterally as described above.
- the pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
- the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
- the composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
- the combined administration contemplates co-administration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and consecutive administration in either order, wherein preferably there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities.
- Effective doses of the compositions provided herein vary depending upon many different factors, including means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, whether the patient is human or an animal, other medications administered, and whether treatment is prophylactic or therapeutic. However, a person of ordinary skill in the art would immediately recognize appropriate and/or equivalent doses looking at dosages of approved compositions for treating and preventing cancer for guidance.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” is used synonymously with “physiologically acceptable” and “pharmacologically acceptable”.
- a pharmaceutical composition will generally comprise agents for buffering and preservation in storage, and can include buffers and carriers for appropriate delivery, depending on the route of administration.
- the terms “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” refer to a material which is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material may be administered to an individual in a formulation or composition without causing any unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” and “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refer to a substance that aids the administration of an active agent to and absorption by a subject and can be included in the compositions of the present invention without causing a significant adverse toxicological effect on the patient.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include water, NaCl, normal saline solutions, lactated Ringer’s, normal sucrose, normal glucose, binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, coatings, sweeteners, flavors, salt solutions (such as Ringer’s solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, and colors, and the like.
- Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances, and the like., that do not deleteriously react with the compounds of the invention.
- auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances, and the like.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like.
- preparation is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it.
- a carrier which is thus in association with it.
- cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
- the pharmaceutical preparation is optionally in unit dosage form.
- the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
- the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
- the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
- the unit dosage form can be of a frozen dispersion.
- compositions of the present invention may additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort.
- Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- the compositions of the present invention can also be delivered as microspheres for slow release in the body.
- microspheres can be administered via intradermal injection of drug-containing microspheres, which slowly release subcutaneously (see Rao, J. Biomater Sci. Polym. Ed.
- the formulations of the compositions of the present invention can be delivered by the use of liposomes which fuse with the cellular membrane or are endocytosed, i.e., by employing receptor ligands attached to the liposome, that bind to surface membrane protein receptors of the cell resulting in endocytosis.
- compositions of the present invention can focus the delivery of the compositions of the present invention into the target cells in vivo.
- the compositions of the present invention can also be delivered as nanoparticles.
- compositions comprising or expressing T cell epitopes, T cell epitope-containing peptides, and T cell epitope-containing proteins associated with binding to a subset of the naturally occurring MHC Class II and/or MHC Class I molecules within the human population.
- Compositions comprising or expressing one or more of the disclosed peptides (e.g., the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164)) or polynucleotides encoding the same, covering different HLA Class II and/or MHC Class I alleles, capable of generating a treatment acting broadly on a population level are disclosed herein.
- Such a product should comprise as a first requirement an expression or inclusion of combination of epitopes or peptides that are able to bind the worldwide MHC Class I and/or MHC Class II allele repertoire, and the resulting peptide-MHC complexes should as a second requirement be recognized by the T cells of the subject so as to induce the desired immunological reactions.
- this is achieved by selecting one or more immunodominant and/or immunoprevalent proteins (e.g., a Lassa viral protein) or subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof for use in the methods and compositions of the present disclosure, wherein said immunodominant and/or immunoprevalent proteins or subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof comprise two or more epitopes that are immunodominant and/or immunoprevalant.
- immunodominant and/or immunoprevalent proteins e.g., a Lassa viral protein
- An additional object of the invention is to provide proteins, peptides, or nucleic acids containing or expressing epitopes or combinations of such proteins, peptides or nucleic acids which have a sufficient solubility profile for being formulated in a pharmaceutical product, preferably which have acceptable estimated in vivo stability.
- One further objective of the invention is to select epitopes for use in the compositions and methods described herein, based on one or both of their immunodominance or immunoprevalence.
- a still further object of the invention is to select such epitopes and epitopes combinations not only in accordance with those embodiments previously described, but also those epitopes and epitope combinations capable of eliciting a B cell response and T cell response (e.g., selecting one or more peptides for use in the methods and compositions described herein capable of generating a T cell and antibody response in a subject).
- kits for modulating, eliciting, or detecting T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides or proteins.
- the proteins and peptides described herein comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- the Arenavirus is one or more of Lassa virus or a variant thereof. Further description and embodiments of such methods and compositions are provided in the definitions provided herein, and a person skilled in the art will recognize that the methods and compositions can be embodied in numerous variations, changes, and substitutions or as may occur to or be understood by one skilled in the art without departing from the invention.
- Prediction HLA class I and II binding capacity of identified epitopes MHC -peptide binding predictions are performed using publicly available tools hosted by the IEDB. Predictions for each allele are performed utilizing the IEDB recommended method 121 197 198 Class I predictions target a set of 27 HLA A and B alleles representative of the most common specificities in the general worldwide population 26 166 . Binding to additional alleles of particular interest, or that are prevalent in specific cohorts, but not represented in the panel, are included as necessary. Similarly, class II predictions target a set of 27 HLA DR, DP, and DQ alleles representative of the most common class II variants 107 , as well as additional alleles of particular interest.
- Peptide synthesis and megapool generation Peptides are purchased from Mimotopes (Victoria, Australia) and/or TC Peptide Lab (San Diego, CA) as crude material on a 1 mg scale. Lor quality assurance purposes, spot checks by mass spectrometry are performed on approximately 1% of the peptides. In selected instances, as necessary, peptides are re -synthesized as (>95%) purified material. Lor megapool preparation, selected peptides based on previous analyses are pooled together and subsequent cycles of lyophilization are carried out 124 199 .
- HLA typing Lor PBMC samples obtained for this study, the Inventors perform high resolution HLA typing including class I (A, B, and C) and class II (DRB1, DRB3/4/5, DPA1, DPB1, DQA1 and DQB1) loci. Genomic DNA isolated from PBMCs by standard techniques (Qiagen) are used as the basis for HLA typing. The Inventors have access to the American Society of Histocompatibility and Immunogenetics (ASHI) accredited labs and methods for HLA typing at the Immunogenomics and Single Cell Technologies Core at Vanderbilt University using locus-specific PCR amplification on genomic DNA. Primers for amplification employ subject-specific barcoded primers.
- ASHI American Society of Histocompatibility and Immunogenetics
- Amplified products are quantitated and pooled by subject and up to 96 subjects can be pooled.
- An indexed (8 indexed MiSeq run) library is then quantitated using Kappa universal QPCR library quantification kits. Sequencing is performed using an Illumina MiSeq using a 2 x 300 paired-end chemistry. Reads are quality-filtered and passed through an accredited proprietary allele calling algorithm and analysis pipeline using the latest IMGT (international ImMunoGeneTics information system) HLA allele database as a reference.
- IMGT international ImMunoGeneTics information system
- PBMCs are co-cultured with virus-specific megapools (lug/mL) in Roswell Park Memorial Institute 1640 medium (Omega Scientific) supplemented with 5% human serum (Cellgro) at a density of 4 x 10 6 cells/mL in 6 or 24-well plates (BD Biosciences). Additional interleukin 2 (10 U/mL; eBioscience) is added every 4 days as previously described 109 .
- PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- cytokine response IFNy/IL-5 and IL-10/IL-17 for CD4 or IFNy/TNFa for CD8
- PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- 5 x 10 4 peripheral blood mononuclear cells are incubated in triplicates and tested for cytokine response against individual peptides based on positive pools identified at day 14 (1 pg/mL) using the same FluoroSPOT assay 62,69,142 [0132] FluoroSPOT assay.
- 96-well FluoroSpot plates were coated with two anti -cytokine antibodies per assay (IFNy 1-D1K, IL-5 TRFK5, TNFa MT25C5, IL-10 9D7, IL-17 MT44.6 Mabtech, Sweden) at a concentration of 10-15 pg/mL. After 20 hours of incubation at 37°C, 5% CO2, cells were discarded and plates were washed before the addition of the corresponding cytokine antibodies (IFNy 7- B6-1-BAM, IL-5 5A10-WASP, TNFa MT25C5-WASP, IL-10 12G8 biotinylated, IL-17 MT504-WASP; Mabtech, Sweden).
- Each peptide or MP is considered positive compared to the DMSO negative control based on the following criteria: 20 for peptides and 50 for MPs and pools spot forming cells (SFC) per 106 PBMC after background subtraction, a stimulation index (S.I.) greater than 2, and a p value ⁇ 0.05 by either a Poisson or t test calculated between the triplicates of the MP and the relative negative control.
- SFC spot forming cells
- S.I. stimulation index
- p value ⁇ 0.05 by either a Poisson or t test calculated between the triplicates of the MP and the relative negative control.
- Phenotyping by multidimensional FACS, ICS and AIM assays Phenotyping by multidimensional FACS, ICS and AIM assays. Activation Induced Marker (AIM) and Intra Cellular Staining (ICS) assays have been separately described in detail previously 61,200 and combined in a previous study 8 .
- AIM Activation Induced Marker
- ICS Intra Cellular Staining
- PBMCs are cultured in the presence of viral-specific MP [1 pg/ml] in 96-well U-bottom plates at a concentration of 1x10 6 PBMC per well.
- an equimolar amount of DMSO was used to stimulate the cells in triplicate wells and phytohemagglutinin (PHA, Roche, Ipg/ml) stimulated cells are used as positive controls.
- PHA phytohemagglutinin
- cells are either stained for AIM markers only or an additional incubation of 4 hours is carried out by adding Golgi-Plug containing brefeldin A, Golgi-Stop containing monensin (BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA), and in the case of the AIM+ICS assay combined CD137 APC antibody that is additionally added in culture (2: 100; Biolegend Cat# 309810). In all assays, cells are stained on their surface for 30 minutes at 4°C in the dark. For AIM assays, cells are then acquired directly, while for both ICS and AIM+ICS assays, cells are additionally fixed with 1% of paraformaldehyde (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, MO), permeabilized, and blocked for 15 minutes followed by intracellular staining for 30 min at room temperature.
- Golgi-Plug containing brefeldin A Golgi-Stop containing monensin
- CD137 APC antibody that is additionally added in culture (2: 100; Biolegend Cat# 3098
- HLA binding assays Purification of MHC molecules by affinity chromatography is performed as detailed elsewhere 115 . Briefly, EBV transformed homozygous cell lines or single MHC allele transfected (RM3, fibroblast, 721.221 or C1R) lines are utilized as sources of HLA class l and class II MHC molecules. Class I MHC molecules are purified from cell pellet lysates by repeated passage over Protein A Sepharose beads conjugated with the W6/32 (anti-HLA A, B, C) antibody. In some cases, HLA-A molecules may be separated from HLA-B and -C molecules by pre-passage over a B 1.23.2 (anti-HLA B, C and some A) column.
- Class II HLA-DR, DQ and DP molecules are captured by repeated passage of lysates over L243 (anti-HLA-DR), SPV-L3 (anti-HLA-DQ) and B7/21 (anti-HLA-DP) columns. Protein purity, concentration, and the effectiveness of depletion steps are monitored by SDS-PAGE and BCA assay.
- Classical competition assays to quantitatively measure peptide binding to class I and II MHC molecules, based on inhibition of binding of high affinity radiolabeled peptides to purified MHC molecules, are performed as also detailed elsewhere 115 .
- 0.1-1 nM of radiolabeled peptide is co-incubated at room temperature or 37°C with purified MHC in the presence of a cocktail of protease inhibitors. Following a two- to four-day incubation, MHC bound radioactivity is determined by capturing MHC/peptide complexes on MHC locus specific mAb coated Lumitrac 600 plates (Greiner Bio-one, Frickenhausen, Germany), and measuring bound cpm using the TopCount (Packard Instrument Co., Meriden, CT) microscintillation counter. The concentration of peptide yielding 50% inhibition of binding of the radiolabeled peptide is calculated.
- HLA restriction assays using single HLA transfected cell lines are performed as previously described 122 .
- Single HLA transfected RM3 derived from human B lymphocyte cell line Raji
- DAP.3 L cell fibroblast
- the cell lines are harvested and viability (all >75%) determined using Trypan Blue.
- Each cell line at 2x105 cells/well is pulsed with 10 pg/ml individual peptide for 1 h at 37 °C, followed by four washes in RPMI.
- PBMCs at 2xl05/well are stimulated in triplicate with peptide pulsed cell line (5x104 cells/well), cell line alone (as a control), peptides (10 pg/ml). PHA (10 pg/ml) or medium containing 0.25% DMSO (percent DMSO in the peptides, as a control) and measured in FluoroSPOT assay.
- TCR epitope-specific T cell receptor
- Embodiment 1 A composition comprising:
- one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or [0142] a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 2 The composition of embodiment 1, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises 2 or more or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 3 The composition of embodiment 1 or embodiment 2, wherein the amino acid sequence is selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
- Embodiment 4 The composition of embodiment 1 or embodiment 2, wherein the composition comprises one or more Lassa virus peptides amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 5 The composition of one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the peptide or protein comprises an Arenavirus T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 6 The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 7 The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 8 The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 9 The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- Embodiment 10 The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to an Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 11 The composition of embodiment 10, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to the Arenavirus is an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
- Embodiment 12. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 11, further comprising formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
- Embodiment 13 The composition of embodiment 12, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL- 12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L,
- Embodiment 14 The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 13, wherein the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
- Embodiment 15 The composition of embodiment 14, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- Embodiment 16 The composition of embodiment 14 or embodiment 15, wherein the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- IL-6 Interleukin-6
- IFN-y Interferon-gamma
- TGF-P Transforming growth factor beta
- IL- 10 Interleukin- 10
- Embodiment 17 A composition comprising monomers or multimers of:
- peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 18 A composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the MHC monomer or multimer.
- MHC peptide-major histocompatibility complex
- Embodiment 19 A composition comprising: [0169] one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164);
- a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 20 The composition of embodiment 19, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises, 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 21 The composition of embodiment 19 or embodiment 20, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 22 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 21, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 23 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 22, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 24 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 22, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 25 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 24, wherein one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- Embodiment 26 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 25, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 27 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 26, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to Lassa virus is a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
- Embodiment 28 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 27, further comprising formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
- Embodiment 29 The composition of embodiment 28, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL- 12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L
- Embodiment 30 The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 29, wherein the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
- Embodiment 31 The composition of embodiment 30, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- Embodiment 32 The composition of embodiment 30 or embodiment 31, wherein the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-g), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-B), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- IL-6 Interleukin-6
- IFN-g Interferon-gamma
- TGF-B Transforming growth factor beta
- IL- 10 Interleukin- 10
- Embodiment 33 A composition comprising monomers or multimers of:
- one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
- Lassa virus amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 34 A composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the (MHC) monomer or multimer.
- MHC peptide-major histocompatibility complex
- Embodiment 35 A method for detecting the presence of: (i) an Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides, comprising:
- detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 36 The method of embodiment 35, wherein detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
- Embodiment 37 The method of embodiment 35 or embodiment 36, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from those set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
- Embodiment 38 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 37, wherein the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
- Embodiment 39 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 38, wherein the method of detecting an immune response relevant to the Arenavirus comprises the following steps:
- Embodiment 40 The method of embodiment 39, wherein the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of the Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 41 The method of embodiment 35, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 42 The method of embodiment 41, wherein the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 43 The method of embodiment 41, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 44 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 43, wherein the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- Embodiment 45 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 44, wherein the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 46 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 44, further comprising detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of an Arenavirus infection.
- Embodiment 47 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 46, wherein detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay T cell proliferation,
- Embodiment 48 The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 47, further comprising administering a treatment comprising the composition of any one of embodiments 1-36 to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigenspecific T-cells.
- Embodiment 49 A method for detecting the presence of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Lassa virus peptides, comprising:
- the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 50 The method of embodiment 49, wherein detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
- Embodiment 51 The method of embodiment 49 or embodiment 50, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 52 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 51, wherein the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
- Embodiment 53 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 52, wherein the method of detecting an immune response relevant to Lassa virus comprises the following steps:
- Embodiment 54 The method of embodiment 53, wherein the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 55 The method of embodiment 54, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 56 The method of embodiment 55, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 57 The method of embodiment 55, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavims.
- Embodiment 58 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 57, wherein the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- Embodiment 59 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 58, wherein the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 60 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 59, further comprising detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of a Lassa virus infection.
- Embodiment 61 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 60, wherein detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay T cell proliferation
- Embodiment 62 The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 61, further comprising administering a treatment comprising the composition of any one of embodiments 1-34 to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigenspecific T-cells.
- Embodiment 63 A method detecting an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
- Embodiment 64 The method of embodiment 63, wherein the sample comprises T cells.
- Embodiment 65 The method of embodiment 63 or embodiment 64, wherein the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti -Arenavirus activity of T cells.
- Embodiment 66 The method of embodiment 64 or embodiment 65, wherein the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
- Embodiment 67 The method of any one of embodiments 63 to 66, wherein the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to the Arenavirus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde.
- Embodiment 68 The method of any one of embodiments 63 to 67, further comprising diagnosing an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 34, and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to an Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 69 The method of any one of embodiments 63 to 68, wherein the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 70 A method detecting Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
- Embodiment 71 The method of embodiment 70, wherein the sample comprises T cells.
- Embodiment 72 The method of embodiment 70 or embodiment 71, wherein the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti -Lassa virus activity of T cells.
- Embodiment 73 The method of embodiment 71 or embodiment 72, wherein the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
- Embodiment 74 The method of any one of embodiments 70 to 73, wherein the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to Lassa virus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde.
- Embodiment 75 The method of any one of embodiments 70 to 74, further comprising diagnosing a Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 34; and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 76 The method of any one of embodiments 70 to 75, wherein the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 77 A kit for the detection of Arenavirus or an immune response to Arenavirus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of:
- T cells that specifically detect the presence of:
- amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164
- a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof or [0253] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- Embodiment 78 The kit of embodiment 77, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope set forth in any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 79 The kit of embodiment 77 or embodiment 78, wherein the composition comprises: [0257] one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- Embodiment 80 The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 79, wherein the amino acid sequence comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 81 The kit of embodiment 78 or embodiment 80, wherein the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 82 The kit of embodiment 78 or embodiment 80, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 83 The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 82, wherein the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- Embodiment 84 The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 83, wherein the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 85 The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 84, wherein the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T- cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- Embodiment 86 The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 85, wherein the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 87 A kit for the detection of Lassa vims or an immune response to Lassa vims in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of:
- T cells that specifically detect the presence of:
- amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- Embodiment 88 The kit of embodiment 87, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences is selected from a Lassa vims CD4 T cell epitope selected from any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164)- 20; or both.
- Embodiment 89 The kit of embodiments 87 to 88, wherein the amino acid sequence comprises a Lassa vims CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
- Embodiment 90 The kit of embodiment 89, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavims.
- Embodiment 91 The kit of embodiment 89, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavims.
- Embodiment 92 The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 91, wherein the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
- Embodiment 93 The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 92, wherein the kit includes instmction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Lassa vims or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa vims infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Lassa vims.
- Embodiment 94 The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 93, wherein the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T- cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
- Embodiment 95 The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 94, wherein the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Lassa virus.
- HLA Human Leukocyte Antigen
- Embodiment 96 A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against an Arenavirus in a subject, comprising: [0281] administering a composition of embodiments 1 to 34, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against the Arenavirus in the subject.
- Embodiment 97 The method of embodiment 96, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 98 The method of embodiment 96 or embodiment 97, wherein the immune response is specific to:
- Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 99 A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising:
- Embodiment 100 The method of embodiment 99, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against a Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 101 The method of embodiment 99 or embodiment 100, wherein the immune response is specific to:
- Lassa viralpeptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
- Embodiment 102 A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising:
- administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of the Lassa viral protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
- Embodiment 103 The method of embodiment 102, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 104 Embodiment 104.
- a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein, peptide or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Lassa virus T cell immune response.
- Embodiment 105 The method of embodiment 104, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- Embodiment 106 The method of embodiment 104, wherein the anti-Lassa virus T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both.
- Embodiment 107 The method of any of embodiments 104 to 106, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of Lassa virus or two or more circulating forms of Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 108 The method of embodiment 107, wherein the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
- Embodiment 109 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 108, wherein the subject is a mammal or a human.
- Embodiment 110 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 109, wherein the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
- Embodiment 111 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 110, wherein the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 112. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 111, wherein the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 113 The method of embodiment 111 or embodiment 112, wherein the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
- Embodiment 114 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 113, wherein the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 115 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 113, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 116 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 115, wherein a plurality of Lassa virus T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 117 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 116, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
- Embodiment 118 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 117, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 119 The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 118, wherein the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide.
- Embodiment 120 The method of embodiment 119, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
- Embodiment 121 The method of embodiment 119 or embodiment 120, wherein the modulator is IL-6, IFN-gamma, TGF-beta, or IL- 10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
- Embodiment 122 A method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject the composition of any one of embodiments 1-36 in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection.
- Embodiment 123 The method of embodiment 122, wherein the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
- Embodiment 124 The method of embodiment 122, wherein the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
- Embodiment 125 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 124, wherein the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 126 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 125, wherein the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 127 The method of embodiment 125 or embodiment 126, wherein the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
- Embodiment 128 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 127, wherein the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
- Embodiment 129 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 128, wherein the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 130 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 128, wherein the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 131 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 130, wherein the composition is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
- Embodiment 132 The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 130, wherein the composition is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 133 A peptide or peptides that are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in a virus obtained by a method consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
- Embodiment 134 The peptide or peptides of embodiment 133, wherein the virus is an Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 135. The peptide or peptides of embodiment 134, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 136. The peptide or peptides of any one of embodiments 133 to 135, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 137 The peptide or peptides of any one of embodiments 133 to 136, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 138 A method of selecting an immunoprevalent or immunodominant peptide or protein of a virus comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
- Embodiment 139 The method of embodiment 138, wherein the virus is an Arenavirus.
- Embodiment 140 The method of embodiment 139, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
- Embodiment 141 The method of any one of embodiment 138 to 140, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
- Embodiment 142 The method of any one of embodiments 138 to 141, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 143 A polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
- Embodiment 144 A vector that comprises the polynucleotide of embodiment 143.
- Embodiment 145 The vector of embodiment 144, wherein the vector is a viral vector.
- Embodiment 146 A host cell that comprises the vector of embodiment 144 or embodiment 145.
- Embodiment 147 A polynucleotide that expresses:
- one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
- a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
- Embodiment 148 A vector that comprises the polynucleotide of embodiment 147.
- Embodiment 149 The vector of embodiment 148, wherein the vector is a viral vector.
- Embodiment 150 A host cell that comprises the vector of embodiment 148 or embodiment 149.
- the words “comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as “comprise” and “comprises”), “having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and “has”), “including” (and any form of including, such as “includes” and “include”) or “containing” (and any form of containing, such as “contains” and “contain”) are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps.
- “comprising” may be replaced with “consisting essentially of’ or “consisting of’.
- the phrase “consisting essentially of’ requires the specified integer(s) or steps as well as those that do not materially affect the character or function of the claimed invention.
- the term “consisting” is used to indicate the presence of the recited integer (e.g., a feature, an element, a characteristic, a property, a method/process step or a limitation) or group of integers (e.g., feature(s), element(s), characteristic(s), propertie(s), method/process steps or limitation(s)) only.
- A, B, C, or combinations thereof refers to all permutations and combinations of the listed items preceding the term.
- “A, B, C, or combinations thereof’ is intended to include at least one of: A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC, and if order is important in a particular context, also BA, CA, CB, CBA, BCA, ACB, BAC, or CAB.
- expressly included are combinations that contain repeats of one or more item or term, such as BB, AAA, AB, BBC, AAABCCCC, CBBAAA, CABABB, and so forth.
- the skilled artisan will understand that typically there is no limit on the number of items or terms in any combination, unless otherwise apparent from the context.
- words of approximation such as, without limitation, “about”, “substantial” or “substantially” refers to a condition that when so modified is understood to not necessarily be absolute or perfect but would be considered close enough to those of ordinary skill in the art to warrant designating the condition as being present.
- the extent to which the description may vary will depend on how great a change can be instituted and still have one of ordinary skilled in the art recognize the modified feature as still having the required characteristics and capabilities of the unmodified feature.
- a numerical value herein that is modified by a word of approximation such as “about” may vary from the stated value by at least ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12 or 15%.
- compositions and/or methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and/or methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
- each dependent claim can depend both from the independent claim and from each of the prior dependent claims for each and every claim so long as the prior claim provides a proper antecedent basis for a claim term or element.
- SYT received research funding from Gilead, GlaxoSmithKline, and Genentech
- BKA received research funding from GlaxoSmithKline, Novavax, Dynavax, Genentech, Novartis, Seqirus, and Modema
- JMS received research funding from Novavax, Dynavax, and ALK
- HF received research funding from Genentech. All other authors declare no competing interests. (2021).
- HLA human leukocyte antigen
Landscapes
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
Presented herein are compositions and methods, for detecting the presence of: an Arenavirus or an immune response relevant to an Arenavirus infection including T cells responsive to Arenavirus peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof or megapools; one or more fusion proteins; a pool of 2 or more peptides; or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, each from any amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. The invention further provides vaccines, diagnostics, therapies, and kits, comprising such proteins or peptides.
Description
ARENAVIRUS T CELL EPITOPES, MEGAPOOLS AND USES THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 63/604,736, filed November 30, 2023 and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 63/621,485 filed January 16, 2024, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates in general to the field of proteins and peptides that are T cell epitopes and/or antigens for Arenavirus, including epitopes and antigens from Lassa virus, and more particularly, to compositions and methods for the prevention, treatment, diagnosis, kits, and uses of such T cell epitopes and antigens, including megapools, for use in detecting and characterizing Arenavirus specific responses in infection and following vaccination.
STATEMENT OF FEDERALLY FUNDED RESEARCH
[0003] Not applicable.
REFERENCE TO ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE LISTING
[0004] The application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in .XML format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said .XML copy, created on November 26, 2024, is named “LJII2031WO.xml” and is 205,324 bytes in size. The sequence listing contained in this .XML file is part of the specification and is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Without limiting the scope of the invention, its background is described in connection with the genus Arenavirus.
[0006] A need remains for identifying antigens and T cell epitopes for use in diagnostics, treatments, vaccines, kits, etc., for Arenavirus related diseases and conditions, including Lassa. There is additionally a specific need in the art for optimized megapools for use in detecting and characterizing Arenavirus specific responses in infection and following vaccination.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] In one embodiment, the present invention includes a composition comprising: one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from the sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins,
comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In one aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises 2 or more or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In another aspect, the amino acid sequence is selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the composition comprises one or more Lassa virus peptides amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the peptide or protein comprises an Arenavirus T cell epitope. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope. In another aspect, the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to the Arenavirus is an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof. In another aspect, the composition further comprises formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant. In another aspect, the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide-coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL- 3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), damage-associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs), Freund’s complete adjuvant, Freund’s incomplete adjuvant, transforming growth factor (TGF)-beta antibody or antagonists, A2aR antagonists, lipopolysaccharides (LPS), Fas ligand, Trail, lymphotactin, Mannan (M- FP), APG-2, Hsp70 and Hsp90, pattern recognition receptor ligands, TLR3 ligands, TLR4 ligands, TLR5 ligands, TLR7/8 ligands, and TLR9 ligands. In another aspect, the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response. In another aspect, the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response. In another aspect, the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN- y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF -P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0008] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a composition comprising monomers or multimers of: peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0009] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the MHC monomer or multimer.
[0010] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a composition comprising: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In one aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises, 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In another aspect, the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus T cell epitope. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope. In another aspect, the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9- 15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to Lassa virus. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to Lassa virus is a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof. In another aspect, the composition further comprises formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant. In another aspect, the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosineguanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-
CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D- isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide-coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen- associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), damage-associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs), Freund’s complete adjuvant, Freund’s incomplete adjuvant, transforming growth factor (TGF)-beta antibody or antagonists, A2aR antagonists, lipopolysaccharides (LPS), Fas ligand, Trail, lymphotactin, Mannan (M-FP), APG-2, Hsp70 and Hsp90, pattern recognition receptor ligands, TLR3 ligands, TLR4 ligands, TLR5 ligands, TLR7/8 ligands, and TLR9 ligands. In another aspect, the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response. In another aspect, the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response. In another aspect, the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL-10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0011] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a composition comprising monomers or multimers of: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more Lassa virus amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. [0012] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the (MHC) monomer or multimer.
[0013] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method for detecting the presence of: (i) an Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides, comprising: providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells; contacting a biological sample suspected of having Arenavirus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells. In another aspect, the one or more
peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection. In another aspect, the method of detecting an immune response relevant to the Arenavirus comprises the following steps: providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer; contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer. In one aspect, the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of the Arenavirus. In another aspect, the protein or peptide comprises a CD 8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope. In another aspect, the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. In another aspect, the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In another aspect, the method further comprises detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of an Arenavirus infection. In another aspect, the detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay. In another aspect, the method further comprises administering a treatment comprising the composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigen-specific T-cells.
[0014] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method for detecting the presence of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Lassa virus peptides, comprising: providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells; contacting a biological sample suspected of having Lassa virus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-
specific T-cells. In another aspect, the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection. In another aspect, detecting an immune response relevant to Lassa virus comprises the following steps: providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer; contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer. In another aspect, the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of Lassa virus. In another aspect, the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope. In another aspect, the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. In another aspect, the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In another aspect, the method further comprises detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of a Lassa virus infection. In another aspect, detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, LACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay. In another aspect, the method further comprises administering a treatment comprising the composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigenspecific T-cells.
[0015] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method detecting an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers; and determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Arenavirus. In one aspect, the sample comprises T cells. In another aspect, the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti-Arenavirus activity of T cells. In another aspect, the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells. In another aspect, the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to the Arenavirus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profile that is different from a primary T cell immune response profile. In another aspect, the method further comprises diagnosing an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a
subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers, and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
[0016] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method detecting Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers; and determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Lassa virus. In another aspect, the sample comprises T cells. In another aspect, the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti-Lassa virus activity of T cells. In another aspect, the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells. In another aspect, the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to Lassa virus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde. In another aspect, the method further comprises diagnosing a Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers; and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to Lassa virus. In another aspect, the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
[0017] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a kit for the detection of Arenavirus or an immune response to Arenavirus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of: one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; or a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the composition comprises: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the amino acid sequence comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope. In another aspect, the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-
30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. In another aspect, the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Arenavirus. In another aspect, the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T- cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay. In another aspect, the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Arenavirus.
[0018] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a kit for the detection of Lassa virus or an immune response to Lassa virus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of: one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the amino acid sequence comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope. In another aspect, the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus. In another aspect, the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. In another aspect, the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Lassa virus. In another aspect, the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay. In another aspect, the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject,
and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Lassa virus.
[0019] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against an Arenavirus in a subject, comprising: administering a composition of one or more proteins, peptides, multimers or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein, peptide or multimers, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against the Arenavirus in the subject. In another aspect, the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the immune response is specific to: one or more Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0020] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising: administering a composition of proteins, peptides, multimers or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein, peptide or multimers, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject. In one aspect, the immune response provides the subject with protection against a Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the immune response is specific to: one or more Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0021] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Arenavirus in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against an Arenavirus in the subject. In one aspect, the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with an Arenavirus infection or pathology.
[0022] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue,
derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject. In one aspect, the immune response provides the subject with protection against Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0023] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against an Arenavirus infection, comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Arenavirus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Arenavirus T cell immune response. In one aspect, the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, the anti-Arenavirus T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both. In another aspect, the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of an Arenavirus or two or more circulating forms of an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Arenavirus infection is an acute infection. In another aspect, the subject is a mammal or a human. In another aspect, the method reduces Arenavirus viral titer, increases or stimulates Arenavirus viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Arenavirus viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Arenavirus viral titer or Arenavirus viral proliferation, reduces the amount of an Arenaviral protein or the amount of an Arenavirus nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of an Arenaviral protein or a Arenaviral nucleic acid. In another aspect, the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology. In certain aspects, the disorder is one or more of Dandenong hemorrhagic fever, Lymphocitic choriomeningitis, Lassa fever, Argentine hemorrhagic fever, Bolivian hemorrhagic fever, Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever, Brazilian hemorrhagic fever, influenza-like illness, or general hemorrhagic fever. In another aspect, the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches or pains, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash. In another aspect, the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Arenavirus infection or pathology. In another aspect,
the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Arena virus. In another aspect, a plurality of Arenavirus T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of an Arenavirus infection or exposure develops. In another aspect, the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide. In another aspect, the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response. In another aspect, the modulator is IL-6, IFN-y, TGF-p, or IL- 10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0024] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Lassa virus T cell immune response. In one aspect, the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, the anti-Lassa virus T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both. In another aspect, the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of Lassa virus or two or more circulating forms of Lassa virus. In another aspect, the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection. In another aspect, the subject is a mammal or a human. In another aspect, the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa virus nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid. In another aspect, the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology. In certain aspects, the disorder is one or more of Lassa fever, influenza-like illness, or general hemorrhagic fever. In another aspect, the method improves one or more adverse physiological
conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches or pains, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash. In another aspect, the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus. In another aspect, a plurality of Lassa virus T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus. In another aspect, the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops. In another aspect, the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus. In another aspect, the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide. In another aspect, the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response. In another aspect, the modulator is IL-6, IFN-y, TGF-p, or IL-10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0025] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject the composition of one or more proteins, peptides or multimers in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection. In one aspect, the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection. In another aspect, the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid. In another aspect, the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash. In another aspect, the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology. In another aspect, the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus. In another aspect, the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus. In another aspect, the composition is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops. In
another aspect, the composition is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
[0026] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a peptide or peptides that are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in a virus obtained by a method consisting of, or consisting essentially of: obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus; determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more virus antigen using unbiased selection; synthesizing one or more pools of viral peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides; combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes; contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the virus; determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool. In one aspect, the virus is an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Arenavirus is Lassa virus. In another aspect, the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0027] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a method of selecting an immunoprevalent or immunodominant peptide or protein of a viral comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus; determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more virus antigen using unbiased selection; synthesizing one or more pools of virus peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides; combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes; contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the virus; determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool. In one aspect, the virus is an Arenavirus. In another aspect, the Arenavirus is Lassa virus. In another aspect, the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In another aspect, the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0028] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence
set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, the vector comprises the polynucleotide of claim that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), a viral vector, or a host cell the comprises the same.
[0029] In another embodiment, the present invention includes a polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164). In one aspect, the vector comprises the polynucleotide of claim that expresses one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), a viral vector, or a host cell that comprises the same.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0030] While the making and using of various embodiments of the present invention are discussed in detail below, it should be appreciated that the present invention provides many applicable inventive concepts that can be embodied in a wide variety of specific contexts. The specific embodiments discussed herein are merely illustrative of specific ways to make and use the invention and do not delimit the scope of the invention. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention.
[0031] It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed in practicing the invention. To facilitate the understanding of this invention, a number of terms are defined below. Terms defined herein have meanings as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the areas relevant to the present invention. Terms such as “a”, “an” and “the” are not intended to refer to only a singular entity, but include the general class of which a specific example may be used for illustration. The terminology herein is used to describe specific embodiments of the invention, but their usage does not delimit the invention, except as outlined in the claims. Unless specifically stated or obvious from context, as used herein, the term “or” is understood to be inclusive.
[0032] The term “gene” means the segment of DNA involved in producing a protein; it includes regions preceding and following the coding region (leader and trailer) as well as intervening sequences (introns)
between individual coding segments (exons). The leader, the trailer as well as the introns include regulatory elements that are necessary during the transcription and the translation of a gene. Further, a “protein gene product” is a protein expressed from a particular gene.
[0033] The word “expression” or “expressed” as used herein in reference to a gene means the transcriptional and/or translational product of that gene. The level of expression of a DNA molecule in a cell may be determined on the basis of either the amount of corresponding mRNA that is present within the cell or the amount of protein encoded by that DNA produced by the cell. The level of expression of non-coding nucleic acid molecules (e.g., sgRNA) may be detected by standard PCR or Northern blot methods well known in the art. See, Sambrook et al., 1989 Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 18.1- 18.88.
[0034] The term “amino acid” refers to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids. Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified, e.g., hydroxyproline, y-carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine. Amino acid analogs refers to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, i.e., an a carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs have modified R groups (e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid. Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid. The terms “non-naturally occurring amino acid” and “unnatural amino acid” refer to amino acid analogs, synthetic amino acids, and amino acid mimetics which are not found in nature.
[0035] Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUB Biochemical Nomenclature Commission. Nucleotides, likewise, may be referred to by their commonly accepted single-letter codes.
[0036] The terms “polypeptide,” “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues, wherein the polymer may, in embodiments, be conjugated to a moiety that does not consist of amino acids. The terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymers. A “fusion protein” refers to a chimeric protein encoding two or more separate protein sequences that are recombinantly expressed as a single moiety. As used herein, the term one or more peptides refers to the use of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140, or 146 peptides of Table 1.
[0037] Proteins and peptides include isolated and purified forms. Proteins and peptides also include those immobilized on a substrate, as well as amino acid sequences, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants, and derivatives immobilized on a substrate.
[0038] Proteins and peptides can be included in compositions, for example, a pharmaceutical composition. In particular embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition is suitable for specific or non-specific immunotherapy, or is a vaccine composition.
[0039] Isolated nucleic acid (including isolated nucleic acid) encoding the proteins and peptides are also provided. Cells expressing a protein or peptide are further provided. Such cells include eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, such as mammalian, insect, fungal and bacterial cells.
[0040] Methods and uses and medicaments of proteins and peptides of the invention are included. Such methods, uses and medicaments include modulating immune activity of a cell against a pathogen, for example, a virus or virion.
[0041] The term “peptide mimetic” or “peptidomimetic” refers to protein-like chain designed to mimic a peptide or protein. Peptide mimetics may be generated by modifying an existing peptide or by designing a compound that mimic peptides, including peptoids and [3-peptides.
[0042] “Conservatively modified variants” applies to both amino acid and nucleic acid sequences. With respect to particular nucleic acid sequences, “conservatively modified variants” refers to those nucleic acids that encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a number of nucleic acid sequences will encode any given protein. For instance, the codons GCA, GCC, GCG and GCU all encode the amino acid alanine. Thus, at every position where an alanine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such nucleic acid variations are “silent variations,” which are one species of conservatively modified variations. Every nucleic acid sequence herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid. One of skill will recognize that each codon in a nucleic acid (except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine, and TGG, which is ordinarily the only codon for tryptophan) can be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule. Accordingly, each silent variation of a nucleic acid which encodes a polypeptide is implicit in each described sequence.
[0043] As to amino acid sequences, one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence which alters, adds or deletes a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a “conservatively modified variant” where the alteration results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. Conservative substitution table providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. Such conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles of the disclosure. The following eight groups each contain amino acids that are conservative substitutions for one another: (1) Alanine (A), Glycine (G); (2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); (3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); (4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); (5) Isoleucine (I),
Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); (6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W); (7) Serine (S), Threonine (T); and (8) Cysteine (C), Methionine (M) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
[0044] A “percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
[0045] The terms “identical” or percent “identity,” in the context of two or more nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., about 60% identity, preferably 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity over a specified region, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window or designated region) as measured using a BLAST or BLAST 2.0 sequence comparison algorithms with default parameters described below, or by manual alignment and visual inspection (see, e.g., NCBI web site ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/ or the like). Such sequences are then said to be “substantially identical.” This definition also refers to, or may be applied to, the compliment of a test sequence. The definition also includes sequences that have deletions and/or additions, as well as those that have substitutions. As described below, the preferred algorithms can account for gaps and the like. Preferably, identity exists over a region that is at least about 25 amino acids or nucleotides in length, or more preferably over a region that is 50-100 amino acids or nucleotides in length.
[0046] An amino acid or nucleotide base “position” is denoted by a number that sequentially identifies each amino acid (or nucleotide base) in the reference sequence based on its position relative to the N- terminus (or 5 ’-end). Due to deletions, insertions, truncations, fusions, and the like that must be taken into account when determining an optimal alignment, in general the amino acid residue number in a test sequence determined by simply counting from the N-terminus will not necessarily be the same as the number of its corresponding position in the reference sequence. For example, in a case where a variant has a deletion relative to an aligned reference sequence, there will be no amino acid in the variant that corresponds to a position in the reference sequence at the site of deletion. Where there is an insertion in an aligned reference sequence, that insertion will not correspond to a numbered amino acid position in the reference sequence. In the case of truncations or fusions there can be stretches of amino acids in either the reference or aligned sequence that do not correspond to any amino acid in the corresponding sequence.
[0047] The terms “numbered with reference to” or “corresponding to,” when used in the context of the numbering of a given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence, refers to the numbering of the residues of a
specified reference sequence when the given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence is compared to the reference sequence.
[0048] The term “multimer” refers to a complex comprising multiple monomers (e.g., a protein complex) associated by noncovalent bonds. The monomers be substantially identical monomers, or the monomers may be different. In embodiments, the multimer is a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a pentamer.
[0049] As used herein, the term “Major Histocompatibility Complex” (MHC) is a generic designation meant to encompass the histocompatibility antigen systems described in different species including the human leucocyte antigens (HLA). Typically, MHC Class I or Class II multimers are well known in the art and include but are not limited to dimers, tetramers, pentamers, hexamers, heptamers and octamers.
[0050] As used herein, the term “MHC/peptide multimer” refers to a stable multimeric complex composed of MHC protein(s) subunits loaded with a peptide of the present invention. For example, an MHC/peptide multimer (also called herein MHC/peptide complex) include, but are not limited to, an MHC/peptide dimer, trimer, tetramer, pentamer, dextramer, or higher/other valency multimer. Several examples of dextramers are those of IMMUDEX®. In humans there are three major different genetic loci that encode MHC class I molecules (the MHC molecules of the human are also designated human leukocyte antigens (HLA)): HLA- A, HLA-B, HLA-C, e.g., HLA-A*01, HLA-A*02, and HLA-A* 11 are examples of different MHC class I alleles that can be expressed from these loci. Non-classical human MHC class I molecules such as HLA-E (homolog of mice Qa-lb) and MICA/B molecules are also encompassed by the present invention. In some embodiments, the MHC/peptide multimer is an HLA/peptide multimer selected from the group consisting of HLA-A/peptide multimer, HLA-B/peptide multimer, HLA-C/peptide multimer, HLA-E/peptide multimer, MICA/peptide multimer and MICB/peptide multimer.
[0051] In humans there are three major different genetic loci that encode MHC class II molecules: HLA- DR, HLA-DP, and HLA-DQ, each formed of two polypeptides, alpha and beta chains (A and B genes). For example, HLA-DQAl*01, HLA-DRBl*01, and HLA-DRBl*03 are different MHC class II alleles that can be expressed from these loci. It should be further noted that non-classical human MHC class II molecules such as HLA-DM and HL-DOA (homolog in mice is H2-DM and H2-O) are also encompassed by the present invention. In some embodiments, the MHC/peptide multimer is an HLA/peptide multimer selected from the group consisting of HLA-DP/peptide multimer, HLA-DQ/peptide multimer, HLA- DR/peptide multimer, HLA-DM/peptide multimer and HLA-DO/peptide multimer.
[0052] An MHC/peptide multimer may be a multimer where the heavy chain of the MHC is biotinylated, which allows combination as a tetramer with streptavidin. MHC -peptide tetramers have increased avidity for the appropriate T cell receptor (TCR) on T lymphocytes. The multimers can also be attached to paramagnetic particles or magnetic beads to facilitate removal of non-specifically bound reporter and cell sorting. Multimer staining does not kill the labelled cells, thus, cell integrity is maintained for further analysis. In some embodiments, the MHC/peptide multimer of the present invention is particularly suitable for isolating and/or identifying a population of CD8+ T cells having specificity for the peptide of the present invention (in a flow cytometry assay).
[0053] The peptides or MHC class I or class II multimer as described herein is particularly suitable for detecting T cells specific for one or more peptides of the present invention. The peptide(s) and/or the MHC/multimer complex of the present invention is particularly suitable for diagnosing Arenavirus infection in a subject. For example, the method comprises obtaining a blood or PBMC sample obtained from the subject with an amount of a least peptide of the present invention and detecting at least one T cell displaying a specificity for the peptide. Another diagnostic method of the present invention involves the use of a peptide of the present invention that is loaded on multimers as described above, so that the isolated CD8+ or CD4+ T cells from the subject are brought into contact with the multimers, at which the binding, activation and/or expansion of the T cells is measured. For example, following the binding to antigen presenting cells, e.g., those having the MHC class I or class II multimer, the number of CD8+ and/or CD4+ cells binding specifically to the HLA-peptide multimer may be quantified by measuring the secretion of lymphokines/cytokines, division of the T cells, or standard flow cytometry methods, such as, for example, using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). The multimers can also be attached to paramagnetic ferrous or magnetic beads to facilitate removal of non-specifically bound reporter and cell sorting. The MHC class I or class II peptide multimers as described herein can also be used as therapeutic agents. The peptide and/or the MHC class I or class II peptide multimers of the present invention are suitable for treating or preventing an Arenavirus infection in a subject. The MHC Class I or Class II multimers can be administered in soluble form or loaded on nanoparticles.
[0054] The term “antibody” refers to a polypeptide encoded by an immunoglobulin gene or functional fragments thereof that specifically binds and recognizes an antigen. The recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon, and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda. Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
[0055] The phrase “specifically (or selectively) binds” to an antibody or “specifically (or selectively) immunoreactive with,” when referring to a protein or peptide, refers to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of the protein or peptide, often in a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologies. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein at least two times the background and more typically more than 10 to 100 times background. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions requires an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein. For example, polyclonal antibodies can be selected to obtain only a subset of antibodies that are specifically immunoreactive with the selected antigen and not with other proteins. This selection may be achieved by subtracting out antibodies that cross-react with other molecules . A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein (see, e.g., Harlow & Lane, Using Antibodies, A
Laboratory Manual (1998) for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity).
[0056] Antibodies are large, complex molecules (molecular weight of -150,000 or about 1320 amino acids) with intricate internal structure. A natural antibody molecule contains two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one light chain and one heavy chain. Each light chain and heavy chain in turn consists of two regions: a variable (“V”) region involved in binding the target antigen, and a constant (“C”) region that interacts with other components of the immune system. The light and heavy chain variable regions come together in 3 -dimensional space to form a variable region that binds the antigen (for example, a receptor on the surface of a cell). Within each light or heavy chain variable region, there are three short segments (averaging 10 amino acids in length) called the complementarity determining regions (“CDRs”). The six CDRs in an antibody variable domain (three from the light chain and three from the heavy chain) fold up together in 3 -dimensional space to form the actual antibody binding site which docks onto the target antigen. The position and length of the CDRs have been precisely defined by Kabat, E. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 1983, 1987. The part of a variable region not contained in the CDRs is called the framework (“FR”), which forms the environment for the CDRs.
[0057] The term “antibody” is used according to its commonly known meaning in the art. Antibodies exist, e.g., as intact immunoglobulins or as a number of well-characterized fragments produced by digestion with various peptidases. Thus, for example, pepsin digests an antibody below the disulfide linkages in the hinge region to produce F(ab)’2, a dimer of Fab which itself is a light chain joined to VH-CHI by a disulfide bond. The F(ab)’2 may be reduced under mild conditions to break the disulfide linkage in the hinge region, thereby converting the F(ab)52 dimer into a Fab’ monomer. The Fab’ monomer is essentially Fab with part of the hinge region (see Fundamental Immunology (Paul ed., 3d ed. 1993). While various antibody fragments are defined in terms of the digestion of an intact antibody, one of skill will appreciate that such fragments may be synthesized de novo either chemically or by using recombinant DNA methodology. Thus, the term antibody, as used herein, also includes antibody fragments either produced by the modification of whole antibodies, orthose synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies (e.g., single chain Fv) or those identified using phage display libraries (see, e.g., McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554 (1990)).
[0058] An exemplary immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit comprises a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one “light” (about 25 kD) and one “heavy” chain (about 50-70 kD). The N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The terms variable light chain (VL) and variable heavy chain (VH) refer to these light and heavy chains respectively. The Fc (i.e., fragment crystallizable region) is the “base” or “tail” of an immunoglobulin and is typically composed of two heavy chains that contribute two or three constant domains depending on the class of the antibody. By binding to specific proteins, the Fc region ensures that each antibody generates an appropriate immune response for a
given antigen. The Fc region also binds to various cell receptors, such as Fc receptors, and other immune molecules, such as complement proteins.
[0059] As used herein, the term “antigen” and the term “epitope” refers to a molecule or substance capable of stimulating an immune response. In one example, epitopes include but are not limited to a polypeptide and a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide, wherein expression of the nucleic acid into a polypeptide is capable of stimulating an immune response when the polypeptide is processed and presented on a Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) molecule. Generally, epitopes include peptides presented on the surface of cells non-covalently bound to the binding groove of Class I or Class II MHC, such that they can interact with T cell receptors and the respective T cell accessory molecules. However, antigens and epitopes also apply when discussing the antigen binding portion of an antibody, wherein the antibody binds to a specific structure of the antigen.
[0060] Proteolytic Processing of Antigens. Epitopes that are displayed by MHC on antigen presenting cells are cleavage peptides or products of larger peptide or protein antigen precursors. For MHC I epitopes, protein antigens are often digested by proteasomes resident in the cell. Intracellular proteasomal digestion produces peptide fragments of about 3 to 23 amino acids in length that are then loaded onto the MHC protein. Additional proteolytic activities within the cell, or in the extracellular milieu, can trim and process these fragments further. Processing of MHC Class II epitopes generally occurs via intracellular proteases from the lysosomal/endosomal compartment. The present invention includes, in one embodiment, pre- processed peptides that are attached to the anti-CD40 antibody (or fragment thereof) that directs the peptides against which an enhanced immune response is sought directly to antigen presenting cells.
[0061] The present invention includes methods for specifically identifying the epitopes within antigens most likely to lead to the immune response sought for the specific sources of antigen presenting cells and responder T cells.
[0062] As used herein, the term “T cell epitope” refers to a specific amino acid that when present in the context of a Major or Minor Histocompatibility Complex provides a reactive site for a T cell receptor. The T-cell epitopes or peptides that stimulate the cellular arm of a subject’s immune system are short peptides of about 8-25 amino acids. T-cell epitopes are recognized by T cells from animals that are immune to the antigen of interest. These T-cell epitopes or peptides can be used in assays such as the stimulation of cytokine release or secretion or evaluated by constructing major histocompatibility (MHC) proteins containing or “presenting” the peptide. Such immunogenically active fragments are often identified based on their ability to stimulate lymphocyte proliferation in response to stimulation by various fragments from the antigen of interest.
[0063] As used herein, the term “immunological response” refers to an antigen or composition is the development in a subject of a humoral and/or a cellular immune response to an antigen present in the composition of interest. For purposes of the present disclosure, a “humoral immune response” refers to an immune response mediated by antibody molecules, while a “cellular immune response” is one mediated by T-lymphocytes and/or other white blood cells. One important aspect of cellular immunity involves an
antigen-specific response by cytolytic T-cells (“CTL”s). CTLs have specificity for peptide antigens that are presented in association with proteins encoded by the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) and expressed on the surfaces of cells. CTLs help induce and promote the destruction of intracellular microbes, or the lysis of cells infected with such microbes. Another aspect of cellular immunity involves an antigenspecific response by helper T-cells. Helper T-cells act to help stimulate the function, and focus the activity of, nonspecific effector cells against cells displaying peptide antigens in association with MHC molecules on their surface. A “cellular immune response” also refers to the production of cytokines, chemokines and other such molecules produced by activated T-cells and/or other white blood cells, including those derived from CD4+ and CD8+ T-cells. Hence, an immunological response may include one or more of the following effects: the production of antibodies by B-cells; and/or the activation of effector and/or suppressor T-cells and/or gamma-delta T-cells directed specifically to an antigen or antigens present in the composition or vaccine of interest. These responses may serve to neutralize infectivity, and/or mediate antibody-complement, or antibody dependent cell cytotoxicity (ADCC) to provide protection to an immunized host. Such responses can be determined using standard immunoassays and neutralization assays, well known in the art.
[0064] As used herein, the term an “immunogenic composition” and “vaccine” refer to a composition that comprises an antigenic molecule where administration of the composition to a subject or patient results in the development in the subject of a humoral and/or a cellular immune response to the antigenic molecule of interest. “Vaccine” refers to a composition that can provide active acquired immunity to and/or therapeutic effect (e.g., treatment) of a particular disease or a pathogen. A vaccine typically contains one or more agents that can induce an immune response in a subject against a pathogen or disease, i.e., a target pathogen or disease. The immunogenic agent stimulates the body’s immune system to recognize the agent as a threat or indication of the presence of the target pathogen or disease, thereby inducing immunological memory so that the immune system can more easily recognize and destroy any of the pathogen on subsequent exposure. Vaccines can be prophylactic (e.g., preventing or ameliorating the effects of a future infection by any natural or pathogen) or therapeutic (e.g., reducing symptoms or aberrant conditions associated with infection). The administration of vaccines is referred to vaccination.
[0065] In some examples, a vaccine composition can provide nucleic acid, e.g., mRNA that encodes antigenic molecules (e.g., peptides) to a subject. The nucleic acid that is delivered via the vaccine composition in the subject can be expressed into antigenic molecules and allow the subject to acquire immunity against the antigenic molecules. In the context of the vaccination against infectious disease, the vaccine composition can provide mRNA encoding antigenic molecules that are associated with a certain pathogen, e.g., one or more peptides that are known to be expressed in the pathogen (e.g., pathogenic virus). [0066] The present invention provides nucleic acid molecules, specifically polynucleotides, primary constructs and/or mRNA that encode one or more polynucleotides that express one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or
derivative thereof for use in immune modulation. The term “nucleic acid” refers to any compound and/or substance that comprise a polymer of nucleotides, referred to herein as polynucleotides. Exemplary nucleic acids or polynucleotides of the invention include, but are not limited to, ribonucleic acids (RNAs), deoxyribonucleic acids (DNAs), threose nucleic acids (TNAs), glycol nucleic acids (GNAs), peptide nucleic acids (PNAs), locked nucleic acids (LNAs), including diastereomers of LNAs, functionalized LNAs, or hybrids thereof.
[0067] One method of immune modulation of the present invention includes direct or indirect gene transfer, i.e., local application of a preparation containing the one or more polynucleotides (DNA, RNA, mRNA, etc.) that expresses the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. A variety of well-known vectors can be used to deliver to cells the one or more polynucleotides or the peptides or proteins expressed by the polynucleotides, including but not limited to adenoviral vectors and adeno-associated vectors. In addition, naked DNA, liposome delivery methods, or other novel vectors developed to deliver the polynucleotides to cells can also be beneficial. Any of a variety of promoters can be used to drive peptide or protein expression, including but not limited to endogenous promoters, constitutive promoters (e.g., cytomegalovirus, adenovirus, or SV40), inducible promoters (e.g., a cytokine promoter such as the interleukin- 1, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or interleukin-6 promoter), and tissue specific promoters to express the immunogenic peptides or proteins of the present invention.
[0068] The immunization may include adenoviral, adeno-associated bacteria, herpes bacteria, vaccinia bacteria, retroviruses, or other bacterial vectors with the appropriate tropism for cells likely to present the antigenic peptide(s) or protein(s) may be used as a gene transfer delivery system for a therapeutic peptide(s) or protein(s), comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, gene expression construct. Bacterial vectors which do not require that the target cell be actively dividing, such as adenoviral and adeno-associated vectors, are particularly useful when the cells are accumulating, but not proliferative. Numerous vectors useful for this purpose are generally known (Miller, Human Gene Therapy 15-14, 1990; Friedman, Science 244: 1275-1281, 1989; Eglitis and Anderson, BioTechniques 6:608-614, 1988; Tolstoshev and Anderson, Current Opinion in Biotechnology 1:55-61, 1990; Sharp, The Lancet 337: 1277-1278, 1991; Cometta et al., Nucleic Acid Research and Molecular Biology 36:311-322, 1987; Anderson, Science 226:401-409, 1984; Moen, Blood Cells 17:407- 416, 1991; and Miller and Rosman, Bio Techniques 7:980-990, 1989; Le Gal La Salle et al., Science 259:988-990, 1993; and Johnson, Chest 107:77S-83S, 1995). Retrobacterial vectors are particularly well developed and have been used in clinical settings (Rosenberg et al., N. Engl. J. Med 323:370, 1990; Anderson et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,399,346).
[0069] The immunization may also include inserting the one or more polynucleotides (DNA, RNA, mRNA, etc.) that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting
essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof into the viral vector, along with another gene which encodes the ligand for a receptor on a specific target cell, for example, such that the vector is now target specific. Bacterial vectors can be made target specific by attaching, for example, a sugar, a glycolipid, or a protein. Targeting can also be accomplished by using an antibody to target the bacterial vector. Those of skill in the art will know of, or can readily ascertain without undue experimentation, specific polynucleotide sequences which can be inserted into the bacterial genome or attached to a bacterial envelope to allow target specific delivery of the bacterial vector containing the gene. [0070] Since recombinant bacteria are defective, they require assistance in order to produce infectious vector particles. This assistance can be provided, for example, by using helper cell lines that contain plasmids encoding all of the structural genes of the bacteria under the control of regulatory sequences within the bacterial genome. These plasmids are missing a nucleotide sequence which enables the packaging mechanism to recognize a polynucleotide transcript for encapsidation. These cell lines produce empty virions, since no genome is packaged. If a bacterial vector is introduced into such cells in which the packaging signal is intact, but the structural genes are replaced by other genes of interest, the vector can be packaged and vector virion produced.
[0071] Bacterial or non-bacterial approaches may also be employed for the introduction of one or more therapeutic polynucleotides that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, into polynucleotide- encoding polynucleotide into antigen presenting cells. The polynucleotides may be DNA, RNA, mRNA that directly encode the one or more peptides or proteins of the present invention, or may be introduced as part of an expression vector.
[0072] Another example of an immunization includes colloidal dispersion systems that include macromolecule complexes, nanocapsules, microspheres, beads, and lipid-based systems including oil-in- water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and liposomes and the one or more polynucleotides that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. One non-limiting example of a colloidal system for use with the present invention is a liposome. Liposomes are artificial membrane vesicles which are useful as delivery vehicles in vitro and in vivo. It has been shown that large unilamellar vesicles (LUV), which range in size from 0.2-4.0 micrometers that can encapsulate a substantial percentage of an aqueous buffer containing large macromolecules. RNA, DNA and intact virions can be encapsulated within the aqueous interior and be delivered to cells in a biologically active form (Fraley, et al., Trends Biochem. Sci., 6:77, 1981). In addition to mammalian cells, liposomes have been used for delivery of polynucleotides in plant, yeast and bacterial cells. In order for a liposome to be an efficient gene transfer vehicle, the following characteristics should be present: (Zakut and Givol, supra) encapsulation of the genes of interest at high
efficiency while not compromising their biological activity; (Feamhead, et al., supra) preferential and substantial binding to a target cell in comparison to non-target cells; (Korsmeyer, S. J., supra) delivery of the aqueous contents of the vesicle to the target cell cytoplasm at high efficiency; and (Kinoshita, et al., supra) accurate and effective expression of genetic information (Mannino, et al., Bio Techniques, 6:682, 1988).
[0073] The composition for immunizing the subject or patient may, in certain embodiments comprise a combination of phospholipid, particularly high-phase-transition-temperature phospholipids, usually in combination with steroids, especially cholesterol. Other phospholipids or other lipids may also be used. The physical characteristics of liposomes depend on pH, ionic strength, and the presence of divalent cations. The targeting of liposomes can be classified based on anatomical and mechanistic factors. Anatomical classification is based on the level of selectivity, for example, organ-specific, cell-specific, and organelle-specific. Mechanistic targeting can be distinguished based upon whether it is passive or active. Passive targeting utilizes the natural tendency of liposomes to distribute to cells of the reticuloendothelial system (RES) in organs which contain sinusoidal capillaries. Active targeting, on the other hand, involves alteration of the liposome by coupling the liposome to a specific ligand such as a monoclonal antibody, sugar, glycolipid, or protein, or by changing the composition or size of the liposome in order to achieve targeting to organs and cell types other than the naturally occurring sites of localization, specifically, cells that can become infected with an Arenavirus or interact with the proteins, peptides, and/or gene products of an Arenavirus, e.g., immune cells.
[0074] For any of the above approaches, the immune modulating polynucleotide construct, composition, or formulation is preferably applied to a site that will enhance the immune response. For example, the immunization may be intramuscular, intraperitoneal, enteral, parenteral, intranasal, intrapulmonary, or subcutaneous. In the gene delivery constructs of the instant invention, polynucleotide expression is directed from any suitable promoter (e.g., the human cytomegalovirus, simian bacteria 40, actin or adenovirus constitutive promoters; or the cytokine or metalloprotease promoters for activated synoviocyte specific expression).
[0075] In one example of the immune modifying peptide(s) or protein(s) include polynucleotides, constructs and/or mRNAs that express the one or more polynucleotides that express the one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, that are designed to improve one or more of the stability and/or clearance in tissues, uptake and/or kinetics, cellular access by the peptide(s) or protein(s), translational, mRNA halflife, translation efficiency, immune evasion, protein production capacity, accessibility to circulation, peptide(s) or protein(s) half-life and/or presentation in the context of MHC on antigen presenting cells.
[0076] The present invention contemplates immunization for use in both active and passive immunization embodiments. Immunogenic compositions, proposed to be suitable for use as a vaccine, may be prepared most readily directly from immunogenic peptides, proteins, monomers, multimers and/or peptide-MHC
complexes prepared in a manner disclosed herein. The antigenic material is generally processed to remove undesired contaminants, such as, small molecular weight molecules, incomplete proteins, or when manufactured in plant cells, plant components such as cell walls, plant proteins, and the like. Often, these immunizations are lyophilized for ease of transport and/or to increase shelf-life and can then be more readily dissolved in a desired vehicle, such as saline.
[0077] The preparation of immunizations (also referred to as vaccines) that contain the immunogenic proteins of the present invention as active ingredients is generally well understood in the art, as exemplified by United States Letters Patents 4,608,251; 4,601,903; 4,599,231; 4,599,230; 4,596,792; and 4.578,770, all incorporated herein by reference. Typically, such immunizations are prepared as injectable. The immunizations can be a liquid solution or suspension but may also be provided in a solid form suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection may also be prepared. The preparation may also be emulsified. The active immunogenic ingredient is often mixed with excipients that are pharmaceutically acceptable and compatible with the active ingredient. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, buffers, or the like and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired, the immunization may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, or adjuvants which enhance the effectiveness of the vaccines.
[0078] The immunization is/are administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation, and in such amount as will be therapeutically effective and immunogenic. The quantity to be administered depends on the subject to be treated, including, e.g., the capacity of the individual’s immune system to synthesize antibodies, and the degree of protection desired. Precise amounts of active ingredient required to be administered depend on the judgment of the practitioner. However, suitable dosage ranges are of the order of several hundred micrograms active ingredient per vaccination. Suitable regimes for initial administration and booster shots are also variable but are typified by an initial administration followed by subsequent inoculations or other administrations.
[0079] The manner of application of the immunization may be varied widely. Any of the conventional methods for administration of a vaccine are applicable. These are believed to also include oral application on a solid physiologically acceptable base or in a physiologically acceptable dispersion, parenterally, by injection or the like. The dosage of the vaccine will depend on the route of administration and will vary according to the size of the host.
[0080] Various methods of achieving adjuvant effect for the vaccine includes use of agents such as aluminum hydroxide or phosphate (alum), commonly used as 0.05 to 0.1 percent solution in phosphate buffered saline, admixture with synthetic polymers of sugars (Carbopol) used as 0.25 percent solution, aggregation of the protein in the vaccine by heat treatment with temperatures ranging between 70° to 101°C for 30 second to 2-minute periods respectively. Aggregation by reactivating with pepsin treated (Fab) antibodies to albumin, mixture with bacterial cells such as C. parvum or endotoxins or lipopolysaccharide components of gram-negative bacteria, emulsion in physiologically acceptable oil vehicles such as mannide
mono-oleate (Aracel A) or emulsion with 20 percent solution of a perfluorocarbon (Fluosol-DA) used as a block substitute may also be employed.
[0081] In many instances, it will be desirable to have multiple administrations of the vaccine, usually not exceeding six to ten immunizations, more usually not exceeding four immunizations and preferably one or more, usually at least about three immunizations. The immunizations will normally be at from two to twelve-week intervals, more usually from three to five-week intervals. Periodic boosters at intervals of 1- 5 years, usually three years, will be desirable to maintain protective levels of the antibodies. The course of the immunization may be followed by assays for antibodies for the supernatant antigens. The assays may be performed by labeling with conventional labels, such as radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent agents, and the like. These techniques are well known and may be found in a wide variety of patents, such as Hudson and Cranage, Vaccine Protocols, 2003 Humana Press, relevant portions incorporated herein by reference. [0082] Techniques and compositions for making useful dosage forms using the present invention are described in one or more of the following references: Anderson, Philip O.; Knoben, James E.; Troutman, William G, eds., Handbook of Clinical Drug Data, Tenth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002; Pratt and Taylor, eds., Principles of Drug Action, Third Edition, Churchill Livingston, New York, 1990; Katzung, ed., Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, Ninth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2007; Goodman and Gilman, eds., The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Tenth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001; Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins., 2000, and updates thereto; Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia, Thirty-Second Edition (The Pharmaceutical Press, London, 1999); all of which are incorporated by reference, and the like, relevant portions incorporated herein by reference.
[0083] Many suitable expression systems are commercially available, including, for example, the following: baculobacteria expression (Reilly, P. R., et al., BACULOBACTERIA EXPRESSION VECTORS: A LABORATORY MANUAL (1992); Beames, et al., Biotechniques 11:378 (1991); Pharmingen; Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.)), vaccinia expression systems (Earl, P. L., et al., “Expression of proteins in mammalian cells using vaccinia” In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel, et al. Eds.), Greene Publishing Associates & Wiley Interscience, New York (1991); Moss, B., et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,135,855, issued Aug. 4, 1992), expression in bacteria (Ausubel, F. M., et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Media Pa.; Clontech), expression in yeast (Rosenberg, S. and Tekamp-Olson, P., U.S. Pat. No. RE35,749, issued, Mar. 17, 1998, herein incorporated by reference; Shuster, J. R., U.S. Pat. No. 5,629,203, issued May 13, 1997, herein incorporated by reference; Gellissen, G., et al., Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek, 62(l-2):79-93 (1992); Romanos, M. A., et al., Yeast 8(6):423-488 (1992); Goeddel, D. V., Methods in Enzymology 185 (1990); Guthrie, C., and G. R. Fink, Methods in Enzymology 194 (1991)), expression in mammalian cells (Clontech; Gibco-BRL, Ground Island, N.Y.; e.g., Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell lines (Haynes, J., et al., Nuc. Acid. Res. 11:687-706 (1983); 1983, Lau, Y. F„ et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 4: 1469-1475 (1984); Kaufman, R. J., “Selection and coamplification of heterologous genes in mammalian cells,” in Methods in Enzymology, vol. 185, pp 537-566. Academic Press, Inc., San Diego Calif. (1991)), and expression in plant
cells (plant cloning vectors, Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Palo-Alto, Calif., and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Inc., Pistcataway, N.J.; Hood, E., et al., J. Bacteriol. 168: 1291-1301 (1986); Nagel, R., et al., FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 67:325 (1990); An, et al., “Binary Vectors”, and others in Plant Molecular Biology Manual A3: 1-20 (1988); Miki, B. L. A., et al., pp. 249-265, and others in Plant DNA Infectious Agents (Hohn, T., et al., eds.) Springer-Verlag, Wien, Austria, (1987); Plant Molecular Biology: Essential Techniques, P. G. Jones and J. M. Sutton, New York, J. Wiley, 1997; Miglani, Gurbachan Dictionary of Plant Genetics and Molecular Biology, New York, Food Products Press, 1998; Henry, R. J., Practical Applications of Plant Molecular Biology, New York, Chapman & Hall, 1997), relevant portion incorporated herein by reference.
[0084] As used herein, the term “effective amount” or “effective dose” refers to that amount of the peptide or protein T cell epitopes of the invention sufficient to induce immunity, to prevent and/or ameliorate an infection or to reduce at least one symptom of an infection and/or to enhance the efficacy of another dose of peptide or protein T cell epitopes. An effective dose may refer to the amount of peptide or protein T cell epitopes sufficient to delay or minimize the onset of an infection. An effective dose may also refer to the amount of peptide or protein T cell epitopes that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of an infection. Further, an effective dose is the amount with respect to peptide or protein T cell epitopes of the invention alone, or in combination with other therapies, that provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment or management of an infection. An effective dose may also be the amount sufficient to enhance a subject’s (e.g., a human’s) own immune response against a subsequent exposure to an infectious agent. Levels of immunity can be monitored, e.g., by measuring amounts of neutralizing secretory and/or serum antibodies, e.g., by plaque neutralization, complement fixation, enzyme-linked immunosorbent, or microneutralization assay. In the case of a vaccine, an “effective dose” is one that prevents disease and/or reduces the severity of symptoms. A “reduction” of a symptom or symptoms (and grammatical equivalents of this phrase) means decreasing of the severity or frequency of the symptom(s), or elimination of the symptom(s). A “prophylactically effective amount” of a drug is an amount of a drug that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology or condition, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of an injury, disease, pathology, or condition, or their symptoms, in this case, an infectious disease, and more particularly, an Arenavirus infection. The full prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products. For example, for the given parameter, an effective amount will show an increase or decrease of at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75%, 80%, 90%, or at least 100%. Efficacy can also be expressed as “-fold” increase or decrease. For example, a therapeutically effective amount can have at least a 1.2-fold, 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, or more effect over a control. The exact amounts will depend on the purpose of the treatment, and will be ascertainable by one skilled in the art using known techniques
(see, e.g., Lieberman, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms (vols. 1-3, 1992); Lloyd, The Art, Science and Technology of Pharmaceutical Compounding (1999); Pickar, Dosage Calculations (1999); and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2003, Gennaro, Ed., Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins), relevant portions incorporated herein by reference.
[0085] As used herein, the term “immune stimulator” refers to a compound that enhances an immune response via the body’s own chemical messengers (cytokines). These molecules comprise various cytokines, lymphokines and chemokines with immunostimulatory, immunopotentiating, and pro- inflammatory activities, such as interferons, interleukins (e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-12, IL-13); growth factors (e.g., granulocyte-macrophage (GM)-colony stimulating factor (CSF)); and other immunostimulatory molecules, such as macrophage inflammatory factor, Flt3 ligand, B7.1; B7.2, etc. The immune stimulator molecules can be administered in the same formulation as peptide or protein T cell epitopes s of the invention, or can be administered separately. Either the protein or an expression vector encoding the protein can be administered to produce an immunostimulatory effect.
[0086] As used herein, in certain embodiments, the term “protective immune response” or “protective response” refers to an immune response mediated by antibodies against an infectious agent, which is exhibited by a vertebrate (e.g., a human), which prevents or ameliorates an infection or reduces at least one symptom thereof. Peptide and protein T cell epitopes of the invention can stimulate the production of antibodies that, for example, neutralize infectious agents, blocks infectious agents from entering cells, blocks replication of said infectious agents, and/or protect host cells from infection and destruction. In other embodiments, the term can also refer to an immune response that is mediated by T-lymphocytes and/or other white blood cells against an infectious agent, exhibited by a vertebrate (e.g., a human), that prevents or ameliorates Arenavirus infection or reduces at least one symptom thereof. Peptide and protein T cell epitopes of the invention can stimulate the T cell responses that, for example, neutralize infectious agents, kill virus infected cells, blocks infectious agents from entering cells, blocks replication of said infectious agents, and/or protect host cells from infection and destruction.
[0087] The terms “biological sample” or “sample” refer to materials obtained from or derived from a subject or patient. A biological sample includes sections of tissues such as biopsy and autopsy samples, and frozen sections taken for histological purposes. Such samples include bodily fluids such as blood and blood fractions or products (e.g., serum, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like), sputum, tissue, cultured cells (e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells) stool, urine, synovial fluid, joint tissue, synovial tissue, synoviocytes, fibroblast-like synoviocytes, macrophage-like synoviocytes, immune cells, hematopoietic cells, fibroblasts, macrophages, T cells, etc. A biological sample is typically obtained from a eukaryotic organism, such as a mammal such as a primate e.g., chimpanzee or human; cow; dog; cat; a rodent, e.g., guinea pig, rat, mouse; rabbit; or a bird; reptile; or fish.
[0088] As used herein, a “cell” refers to a cell carrying out metabolic or other function sufficient to preserve or replicate its genomic DNA. A cell can be identified by well-known methods in the art including, for example, presence of an intact membrane, staining by a particular dye, ability to produce progeny or, in the
case of a gamete, ability to combine with a second gamete to produce a viable offspring. Cells may include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Prokaryotic cells include but are not limited to bacteria. Eukaryotic cells include but are not limited to yeast cells and cells derived from plants and animals, for example mammalian, insect (e.g., spodoptera) and human cells. Cells may be useful when they are naturally nonadherent or have been treated not to adhere to surfaces, for example by trypsinization.
[0089] As used herein, the term “contacting” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the process of allowing at least two distinct species to become sufficiently proximal to react, interact or physically touch. It should be appreciated; however, the resulting reaction product can be produced directly from a reaction between the added reagents or from an intermediate from one or more of the added reagents which can be produced in the reaction mixture. The term “contacting” may include allowing two species to react, interact, or physically touch, wherein the two species may be, for example, an amino acid sequence, protein, or peptide as provided herein and an immune cell, such as a T cell.
[0090] As used herein, a “control” sample or value refers to a sample that serves as a reference, usually a known reference, for comparison to a test sample. For example, a test sample can be taken from a test condition, e.g., in the presence of a test compound, and compared to samples from known conditions, e.g., in the absence of the test compound (negative control), or in the presence of a known compound (positive control). A control can also represent an average value gathered from a number of tests or results. One of skill in the art will recognize that controls can be designed for assessment of any number of parameters. For example, a control can be devised to compare therapeutic benefit based on pharmacological data (e.g., half-life) or therapeutic measures (e.g., comparison of side effects). One of skill in the art will understand which controls are valuable in a given situation and be able to analyze data based on comparisons to control values. Controls are also valuable for determining the significance of data. For example, if values for a given parameter are widely variant in controls, variation in test samples will not be considered as significant.
[0091] The term “modulator” refers to a composition that increases or decreases the level of a target molecule or the function of a target molecule or the physical state of the target of the molecule relative to the absence of the modulator.
[0092] The term “modulate” is used in accordance with its plain ordinary meaning and refers to the act of changing or varying one or more properties. “Modulation” refers to the process of changing or varying one or more properties. For example, as applied to the effects of a modulator on a target protein, to modulate means to change by increasing or decreasing a property or function of the target molecule or the amount of the target molecule.
[0093] The terms “associated” or “associated with” in the context of a substance or substance activity or function associated with a disease (e.g. a protein associated disease, a cancer (e.g., cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease)) means that the disease (e.g. cancer, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, or infectious disease) is caused by (in whole or in part), or a symptom of the disease is caused by (in whole or in part) the substance or substance activity or function. As used herein,
what is described as being associated with a disease, if a causative agent, could be a target for treatment of the disease.
[0094] The term “aberrant” as used herein refers to different from normal. When used to describe enzymatic activity or protein function, aberrant refers to activity or function that is greater or less than a normal control or the average of normal non-diseased control samples. Aberrant activity may refer to an amount of activity that results in a disease, wherein returning the aberrant activity to a normal or nondisease-associated amount (e.g., by administering a compound or using a method as described herein), results in reduction of the disease or one or more disease symptoms.
[0095] The terms “subject” or “subject in need thereof’ refers to a living organism who is at risk of or prone to having a disease or condition, or who is suffering from a disease or condition that can be treated by administration of a composition or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein. Non-limiting examples include humans and other primates, but also includes non-human primates such as chimpanzees and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, sheep, pigs, goats and horses; domestic mammals such as dogs and cats; laboratory animals including rodents such as mice, rats and guinea pigs; birds, including domestic, wild and game birds such as chickens, turkeys and other gallinaceous birds, ducks, geese, and the like. The term does not denote a particular age. Thus, both adult and newborn individuals are intended to be covered. The system described above is intended for use in any of the above vertebrate species, since the immune systems of all of these vertebrates operate similarly.
[0096] The terms “disease” or “condition” refer to a state of being or health status of a patient or subject capable of being treated with a compound, pharmaceutical composition, or method provided herein. In embodiments, a patient or subject is human. In embodiments, the disease is Arenavirus infection. In certain alternative embodiments, the disease the result of an infection by an Arenavirus, such, as a Lassa virus, Guanarito virus, Junin virus, Lujo virus, Machupo Virus, Dandenong virus, Tacaribe virus, Flexal virus, Sabia virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, or a Whitewater Arroya virus. In still other embodiments, the disease is a hemorrhagic fever and/or Lassa fever.
[0097] As used herein, “treatment” or “treating,” or “palliating” or “ameliorating” are used interchangeably herein. These terms refer to an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including but not limited to therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit. By therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated or the disorder resulting from viral infection. Also, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with viral infection or the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the patient, notwithstanding that the patient may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder or may still be infected. For prophylactic benefit, the compositions may be administered to a patient at risk of viral infection, of developing a particular disease, or to a patient reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease may not have been made. Treatment includes preventing the infection or disease, that is, causing the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop by administration of a protective composition prior to infection or the induction of the disease; suppressing
the disease, that is, causing the clinical symptoms of the disease or infection not to develop by administration of a protective composition after the inductive event or infection but prior to the clinical appearance or reappearance of the disease; inhibiting the disease, that is, arresting the development of clinical symptoms by administration of a protective composition after their initial appearance; preventing re-occurring of the disease and/or relieving the disease, that is, causing the regression of clinical symptoms by administration of a protective composition after their initial appearance. “Treatment” can also refer to any of (i) the prevention of infection or reinfection, as in a traditional vaccine, (ii) the reduction or elimination of symptoms, and (iii) the substantial or complete elimination of the pathogen in question. Treatment may be affected prophylactically (prior to infection) or therapeutically (following infection).
[0098] In addition, in certain embodiments, “treatment,” “treat,” or “treating” refers to a method of reducing the effects of one or more symptoms of infection with an Arenavirus. Thus, in the disclosed method, treatment can refer to a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100% reduction in the severity of an established infection, disease, condition, or symptom of the infection, disease or condition. For example, a method for treating a disease is considered to be a treatment if there is a 10% reduction in one or more symptoms of the disease in a subject as compared to a control. Thus, the reduction can be a 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or any percent reduction in between 10% and 100% as compared to native or control levels. It is understood that treatment does not necessarily refer to a cure or complete ablation of the disease, condition, or symptoms of the disease or condition and/or complete prevention of infection. Further, as used herein, references to decreasing, reducing, or inhibiting include a change of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or greater as compared to a control level and such terms can include but do not necessarily include complete elimination.
[0099] As used herein the terms “diagnose” or “diagnosing” refers to recognition of an infection, disease or condition by signs and symptoms. Diagnosing can refer to determination of whether a subject has an infection or disease. Diagnosis may refer to determination of the type of disease or condition a subject has or the type of virus the subject is infected with.
[0100] Diagnostic agents provided herein include any such agent, which are well-known in the relevant art. Among imaging agents are fluorescent and luminescent substances, including, but not limited to, a variety of organic or inorganic small molecules commonly referred to as “dyes,” “labels,” or “indicators.” Examples include fluorescein, rhodamine, acridine dyes, Alexa dyes, and cyanine dyes. Enzymes that may be used as imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, acid phosphatase, glucose oxidase, [3-galactosidase, [3- glucoronidase or [3-lactamase. Such enzymes may be used in combination with a chromogen, a Anorogenic compound or a luminogenic compound to generate a detectable signal.
[0101] The peptide(s) or protein(s) of the present invention can also be used in binding assays including, but are not limited to, immunoassays such as competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, Meso Scale Discovery (MSD, Gaithersburg, Md.), immunoprecipitation
assays, ELISPOT, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, and protein A immunoassays. Such assays are routine and well known in the art (see, e.g., Ausubel et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, relevant portions incorporated herein by reference).
[0102] Radioactive substances that may be used as imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, 18F, 32P, 33P, 45Ti, 47Sc, 52Fe, 59Fe, 62Cu, 64Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 77As, 86Y, 90Y. 89Sr, 89Zr, 94Tc, 94Tc, 99mTc, 99Mo, 105Pd, 105Rh, i nAg, i nIn, 123I, 124I, 125I, 131I, 142Pr, 143Pr, 149Pm, 153Sm, 154'1581Gd, 161Tb, 166Dy, 166Ho, 169Er, 175Lu, 177Lu, 186Re, 188Re, 189Re, 194Ir, 198 Au, 199Au, 211At, 211Pb, 212Bi, 212Pb, 213Bi, 223Ra and 225 Ac. Paramagnetic ions that may be used as additional imaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ions of transition and lanthanide metals (e.g., metals having atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71). These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.
[0103] When the imaging agent is a radioactive metal or paramagnetic ion, the agent may be reacted with another long-tailed reagent having a long tail with one or more chelating groups attached to the long tail for binding to these ions. The long tail may be a polymer such as a polylysine, polysaccharide, or other derivatized or derivatizable chain having pendant groups to which the metals or ions may be added for binding. Examples of chelating groups that may be used according to the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTP A), DOTA, NOTA, NETA, TETA, porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups.
[0104] The terms “dose” and “dosage” are used interchangeably herein. A dose refers to the amount of active ingredient given to an individual at each administration. The dose will vary depending on a number of factors, including the range of normal doses for a given therapy, frequency of administration; size and tolerance of the individual; severity of the condition; risk of side effects; and the route of administration. One of skill will recognize that the dose can be modified depending on the above factors or based on therapeutic progress. The term “dosage form” refers to the particular format of the pharmaceutical or pharmaceutical composition, and depends on the route of administration. For example, a dosage form can be in a liquid form for nebulization, e.g., for inhalants, in a tablet or liquid, e.g., for oral delivery, or a saline solution, e.g., for injection.
[0105] As used herein, the term “administering” means oral administration, administration as a suppository, topical contact, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intralesional, intrathecal, intranasal or subcutaneous administration, or the implantation of a slow-re lease device, e.g., a mini -osmotic pump, to a subject. Administration is by any route, including parenteral and transmucosal (e.g., buccal, sublingual, palatal, gingival, nasal, vaginal, rectal, or transdermal). Parenteral administration includes, e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arteriole, intradermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intraventricular, and intracranial. Other modes of delivery include, but are not limited to, the use of liposomal formulations,
intravenous infusion, transdermal patches, etc. By “co-administer” it is meant that a composition described herein is administered at the same time, just prior to, or just after the administration of one or more additional therapies, for example cancer therapies such as chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, radiotherapy, or immunotherapy. The compounds of the invention can be administered alone or can be co-administered to the patient. Co-administration is meant to include simultaneous or sequential administration of the compounds individually or in combination (more than one compound). Thus, the preparations can also be combined, when desired, with other active substances (e.g., to reduce metabolic degradation). The compositions of the present invention can be delivered by transdermally, by a topical route, formulated as applicator sticks, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, gels, creams, ointments, pastes, jellies, paints, powders, and aerosols.
[0106] Formulations suitable for oral administration can consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of the antibodies provided herein suspended in diluents, such as water, saline or PEG 400; (b) capsules, sachets or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient, as liquids, solids, granules or gelatin; (c) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (d) suitable emulsions. Tablet forms can include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, calcium phosphates, com starch, potato starch, microcrystalline cellulose, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, magnesium stearate, stearic acid, and other excipients, colorants, fillers, binders, diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives, flavoring agents, dyes, disintegrating agents, and pharmaceutically compatible carriers. Lozenge forms can comprise the active ingredient in a flavor, e.g., sucrose, as well as pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia emulsions, gels, and the like containing, in addition to the active ingredient, carriers known in the art.
[0107] Pharmaceutical compositions can also include large, slowly metabolized macromolecules such as proteins, polysaccharides such as chitosan, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids and copolymers (such as latex functionalized sepharose (TM), agarose, cellulose, and the like), polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers, and lipid aggregates (such as oil droplets or liposomes). Additionally, these carriers can function as immunostimulating agents (z.e., adjuvants).
[0108] The term “adjuvant” refers to a compound that when administered in conjunction with the compositions provided herein including embodiments thereof, augments the composition’s immune response. Generally, adjuvants are non-toxic, have high-purity, are degradable, and are stable.
[0109] Adjuvants can augment an immune response by several mechanisms including lymphocyte recruitment, stimulation of B and/or T cells, and stimulation of macrophages. The adjuvant increases the titer of induced antibodies and/or the binding affinity of induced antibodies relative to the situation if the immunogen were used alone. A variety of adjuvants can be used in combination with the agents provided herein including embodiments thereof, to elicit an immune response. Preferred adjuvants augment the intrinsic response to an immunogen without causing conformational changes in the immunogen that affect the qualitative form of the response. Preferred adjuvants include aluminum hydroxide and aluminum phosphate, 3 De-O-acylated monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL™) see GB 2220211 (RIBI ImmunoChem
Research Inc., Hamilton, Montana, now part of Corixa). Stimulon™ QS-21 is a triterpene glycoside or saponin isolated from the bark of the Quillaja Saponaria Molina tree found in South America (see Kensil el al., in Vaccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach (eds. Powell & Newman, Plenum Press, NY, 1995); US Patent No. 5,057,540), (Aquila BioPharmaceuticals, Framingham, MA). Other adjuvants are oil in water emulsions (such as squalene or peanut oil), optionally in combination with immune stimulants, such as monophosphoryl lipid A (see Stoute etal.,N. Engl. J. Med. 336, 86-91 (1997)), pluronic polymers, and killed mycobacteria. Another adjuvant is CpG (WO 98/40100). Adjuvants can be administered as a component of a therapeutic composition with an active agent or can be administered separately, before, concurrently with, or after administration of the therapeutic agent.
[0110] Other adjuvants contemplated for the invention are saponin adjuvants, such as Stimulon™ (QS-21, Aquila, Framingham, MA) or particles generated therefrom such as ISCOMs (immunostimulating complexes) and ISCOMATRIX. Other adjuvants include RC-529, GM-CSF and Complete Freund’s Adjuvant (CFA) and Incomplete Freund’s Adjuvant (IF A). Other adjuvants include cytokines, such as interleukins (e.g., IL-1 a and P peptides, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-12, IL-13, and IL-15), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), granulocyte -macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), chemokines, such as MIPla and and RANTES. Another class of adjuvants is glycolipid analogues including N-glycosylamides, N-glycosylureas and N-glycosylcarbamates, each of which is substituted in the sugar residue by an amino acid, as immuno-modulators or adjuvants (see US Pat. No. 4,855,283). Heat shock proteins, e.g., HSP70 and HSP90, may also be used as adjuvants.
[0111] Suitable formulations for rectal administration include, for example, suppositories, which consist of the packaged nucleic acid with a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases include natural or synthetic triglycerides or paraffin hydrocarbons. In addition, it is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules which consist of a combination of the compound of choice with a base, including, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols, and paraffin hydrocarbons.
[0112] Formulations suitable for parenteral administration, such as, for example, by intraarticular (in the joints), intravenous, intramuscular, intratumoral, intradermal, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous routes, include aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions, which can contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, and preservatives. In the practice of this invention, compositions can be administered, for example, by intravenous infusion, orally, topically, intraperitoneally, intravesically or intrathecally. Parenteral administration, oral administration, and intravenous administration are the preferred methods of administration. The formulations of compounds can be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, such as ampules and vials.
[0113] Injection solutions and suspensions can be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets of the kind previously described. Cells transduced by nucleic acids for ex vivo therapy can also be administered intravenously or parenterally as described above.
[0114] The pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form. The composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
[0115] The combined administration contemplates co-administration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and consecutive administration in either order, wherein preferably there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities.
[0116] Effective doses of the compositions provided herein vary depending upon many different factors, including means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, whether the patient is human or an animal, other medications administered, and whether treatment is prophylactic or therapeutic. However, a person of ordinary skill in the art would immediately recognize appropriate and/or equivalent doses looking at dosages of approved compositions for treating and preventing cancer for guidance.
[0117] As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” is used synonymously with “physiologically acceptable” and “pharmacologically acceptable”. A pharmaceutical composition will generally comprise agents for buffering and preservation in storage, and can include buffers and carriers for appropriate delivery, depending on the route of administration. As used herein, the terms “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” refer to a material which is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material may be administered to an individual in a formulation or composition without causing any unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
[0118] “Pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” and “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refer to a substance that aids the administration of an active agent to and absorption by a subject and can be included in the compositions of the present invention without causing a significant adverse toxicological effect on the patient. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include water, NaCl, normal saline solutions, lactated Ringer’s, normal sucrose, normal glucose, binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, coatings, sweeteners, flavors, salt solutions (such as Ringer’s solution), alcohols, oils, gelatins, carbohydrates such as lactose, amylose or starch, fatty acid esters, hydroxymethycellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidine, and colors, and the like. Such preparations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents such as lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, coloring, and/or aromatic substances, and the like., that do not deleteriously react with the compounds of the invention. One of skill in the art will recognize that other pharmaceutical excipients are useful in the present invention.
[0119] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to salts derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a
basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like.
[0120] The term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
[0121] The pharmaceutical preparation is optionally in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form. The unit dosage form can be of a frozen dispersion.
[0122] The compositions of the present invention may additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort. Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes. The compositions of the present invention can also be delivered as microspheres for slow release in the body. For example, microspheres can be administered via intradermal injection of drug-containing microspheres, which slowly release subcutaneously (see Rao, J. Biomater Sci. Polym. Ed. 7:623-645, 1995; as biodegradable and injectable gel formulations (see, e.g., Gao Pharm. Res. 12:857-863, 1995); or, as microspheres for oral administration (see, e.g., Eyles, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 49:669-674, 1997). In embodiments, the formulations of the compositions of the present invention can be delivered by the use of liposomes which fuse with the cellular membrane or are endocytosed, i.e., by employing receptor ligands attached to the liposome, that bind to surface membrane protein receptors of the cell resulting in endocytosis. By using liposomes, particularly where the liposome surface carries receptor ligands specific for target cells, or are otherwise preferentially directed to a specific organ, one can focus the delivery of the compositions of the present invention into the target cells in vivo. (See, e.g., Al -Muhammed, J. Microencapsul. 13:293-306, 1996; Chonn, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 6:698-708, 1995; Ostro, Am. J. Hosp. Pharm. 46: 1576-1587, 1989). The compositions of the present invention can also be delivered as nanoparticles.
[0123] The present invention describes methods utilizing and compositions comprising or expressing T cell epitopes, T cell epitope-containing peptides, and T cell epitope-containing proteins associated with binding to a subset of the naturally occurring MHC Class II and/or MHC Class I molecules within the human population. Compositions comprising or expressing one or more of the disclosed peptides (e.g., the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164)) or polynucleotides encoding the same,
covering different HLA Class II and/or MHC Class I alleles, capable of generating a treatment acting broadly on a population level are disclosed herein. As the antigen repertoire of MHC Class I and MHC Class II alleles varies from one individual to another and from one ethnic population to another, it is challenging to provide vaccines or peptide or epitopes-based immunotherapies that can be offered to subjects of any geographic region in the world or provide sufficient protection against infection across a wide segment of the populations unless numerous epitopes or peptides are included (e.g., in a vaccine). Taking into consideration the need for a single vaccine formulation that can provide protection across populations, if it desirable to provide a treatment containing or expressing proteins, peptides or epitopes that will provide protection against infection amongst the majority of the worldwide population. Also, taking into consideration the enormous costs and risks in the clinical development of new treatments and the increasing demands from regulatory bodies to meet high standards for toxicity testing, dose justification, safety and efficacy trials, it is desirable to provide treatments containing or expressing as few peptides as possible, but at the same time to be able to treat the majority of subjects in a worldwide population with a single immunotherapy. Such a product should comprise as a first requirement an expression or inclusion of combination of epitopes or peptides that are able to bind the worldwide MHC Class I and/or MHC Class II allele repertoire, and the resulting peptide-MHC complexes should as a second requirement be recognized by the T cells of the subject so as to induce the desired immunological reactions. [0124] It is an object of claims of the present invention to provide improved epitope or peptide combinations for modulating an immune response, for treating a subject for an infection or aberrant immune response, and for use in diagnostic methods and kits comprising such peptide combinations. It is another object of the invention to provide epitope or peptide combinations exhibiting very good HLA Class I and Class II coverage in a worldwide population and being immunologically potent in a worldwide population. It is another object of the invention to provide epitope or peptide combinations having good cross reactivity to other strains, including co-circulating strains (for example, mutants) of Arenavirus, including Lassa virus, etc. It is another object of the invention to provide epitope or peptide combinations of a relatively small number of epitopes or peptides yet obtaining at least 70%, and more preferably around 90-100% donor coverage in a donor cohort representative of a worldwide population. In certain embodiments, this is achieved by selecting one or more immunodominant and/or immunoprevalent proteins (e.g., a Lassa viral protein) or subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof for use in the methods and compositions of the present disclosure, wherein said immunodominant and/or immunoprevalent proteins or subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof comprise two or more epitopes that are immunodominant and/or immunoprevalant. In some embodiments, the two or more epitopes comprise two to ten epitopes and/or polynucleotides encoding the same. Another object of the invention is to provide epitope combinations which are so immunologically potent that even at very low doses of epitopes, the percentage of responding donors can be retained at a very high level in a donor cohort representative of a worldwide population. Another object of the invention is to provide epitope combinations which have minor risk of inducing IgE-mediated adverse events. An additional object of the
invention is to provide proteins, peptides, or nucleic acids containing or expressing epitopes or combinations of such proteins, peptides or nucleic acids which have a sufficient solubility profile for being formulated in a pharmaceutical product, preferably which have acceptable estimated in vivo stability. One further objective of the invention is to select epitopes for use in the compositions and methods described herein, based on one or both of their immunodominance or immunoprevalence. A still further object of the invention is to select such epitopes and epitopes combinations not only in accordance with those embodiments previously described, but also those epitopes and epitope combinations capable of eliciting a B cell response and T cell response (e.g., selecting one or more peptides for use in the methods and compositions described herein capable of generating a T cell and antibody response in a subject).
[0125] Provided herein are methods and compositions for diagnosing, treating, and immunizing against an Arenavirus, including methods and compositions of detecting an immune response or immune cells relevant to an Arenavirus infection. These methods and compositions include vaccines, diagnostics, therapies, reagents and kits, for modulating, eliciting, or detecting T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides or proteins. The proteins and peptides described herein comprise, consist of, or consist essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In certain preferred embodiments, the Arenavirus is one or more of Lassa virus or a variant thereof. Further description and embodiments of such methods and compositions are provided in the definitions provided herein, and a person skilled in the art will recognize that the methods and compositions can be embodied in numerous variations, changes, and substitutions or as may occur to or be understood by one skilled in the art without departing from the invention.
[0127] Materials & Methods.
[0128] Prediction HLA class I and II binding capacity of identified epitopes. MHC -peptide binding predictions are performed using publicly available tools hosted by the IEDB. Predictions for each allele are performed utilizing the IEDB recommended method 121 197 198 Class I predictions target a set of 27 HLA A and B alleles representative of the most common specificities in the general worldwide population26 166. Binding to additional alleles of particular interest, or that are prevalent in specific cohorts, but not represented in the panel, are included as necessary. Similarly, class II predictions target a set of 27 HLA DR, DP, and DQ alleles representative of the most common class II variants 107, as well as additional alleles of particular interest.
[0129] Peptide synthesis and megapool generation. Peptides are purchased from Mimotopes (Victoria, Australia) and/or TC Peptide Lab (San Diego, CA) as crude material on a 1 mg scale. Lor quality assurance purposes, spot checks by mass spectrometry are performed on approximately 1% of the peptides. In selected instances, as necessary, peptides are re -synthesized as (>95%) purified material. Lor megapool preparation, selected peptides based on previous analyses are pooled together and subsequent cycles of lyophilization are carried out 124 199.
[0130] HLA typing. Lor PBMC samples obtained for this study, the Inventors perform high resolution HLA typing including class I (A, B, and C) and class II (DRB1, DRB3/4/5, DPA1, DPB1, DQA1 and DQB1) loci. Genomic DNA isolated from PBMCs by standard techniques (Qiagen) are used as the basis for HLA typing. The Inventors have access to the American Society of Histocompatibility and Immunogenetics (ASHI) accredited labs and methods for HLA typing at the Immunogenomics and Single Cell Technologies Core at Vanderbilt University using locus-specific PCR amplification on genomic DNA. Primers for amplification employ subject-specific barcoded primers. Amplified products are quantitated and pooled by subject and up to 96 subjects can be pooled. An indexed (8 indexed MiSeq run) library is then quantitated using Kappa universal QPCR library quantification kits. Sequencing is performed using an Illumina MiSeq using a 2 x 300 paired-end chemistry. Reads are quality-filtered and passed through an accredited proprietary allele calling algorithm and analysis pipeline using the latest IMGT (international ImMunoGeneTics information system) HLA allele database as a reference.
[0131] In vitro culture expansion. PBMCs are co-cultured with virus-specific megapools (lug/mL) in Roswell Park Memorial Institute 1640 medium (Omega Scientific) supplemented with 5% human serum (Cellgro) at a density of 4 x 106 cells/mL in 6 or 24-well plates (BD Biosciences). Additional interleukin 2 (10 U/mL; eBioscience) is added every 4 days as previously described 109. After 14 days of in vitro expansion, 5 x 104 peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) are incubated in triplicates and tested for cytokine response (IFNy/IL-5 and IL-10/IL-17 for CD4 or IFNy/TNFa for CD8) against smaller pools (1 pg/mL) in an FluoroSPOT assay as described below. After 17 days of in vitro expansion, 5 x 104 peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) are incubated in triplicates and tested for cytokine response against individual peptides based on positive pools identified at day 14 (1 pg/mL) using the same FluoroSPOT assay 62,69,142
[0132] FluoroSPOT assay. 96-well FluoroSpot plates were coated with two anti -cytokine antibodies per assay (IFNy 1-D1K, IL-5 TRFK5, TNFa MT25C5, IL-10 9D7, IL-17 MT44.6 Mabtech, Stockholm, Sweden) at a concentration of 10-15 pg/mL. After 20 hours of incubation at 37°C, 5% CO2, cells were discarded and plates were washed before the addition of the corresponding cytokine antibodies (IFNy 7- B6-1-BAM, IL-5 5A10-WASP, TNFa MT25C5-WASP, IL-10 12G8 biotinylated, IL-17 MT504-WASP; Mabtech, Stockholm, Sweden). After a 2-hour incubation, plates were washed again with PBS/0.05% Tween20 and incubated for 1 hour with fluorophore -conjugated antibodies (Anti-BAM-490 and Anti- WASP-640 or SA-550). An AID iSPOT FluoroSpot reader (AlS-diagnostika, Germany) Is used to count the fluorescent spots that resulted from cells secreting the cytokines. Each peptide or MP is considered positive compared to the DMSO negative control based on the following criteria: 20 for peptides and 50 for MPs and pools spot forming cells (SFC) per 106 PBMC after background subtraction, a stimulation index (S.I.) greater than 2, and a p value < 0.05 by either a Poisson or t test calculated between the triplicates of the MP and the relative negative control. These criteria are well validated as they have been used in all of the Inventor’s previous Large-Scale Epitope Identification projects.
[0133] Phenotyping by multidimensional FACS, ICS and AIM assays. Activation Induced Marker (AIM) and Intra Cellular Staining (ICS) assays have been separately described in detail previously61,200 and combined in a previous study8. In all T cell assays, PBMCs are cultured in the presence of viral-specific MP [1 pg/ml] in 96-well U-bottom plates at a concentration of 1x106 PBMC per well. As a negative control, an equimolar amount of DMSO was used to stimulate the cells in triplicate wells and phytohemagglutinin (PHA, Roche, Ipg/ml) stimulated cells are used as positive controls. After incubation for 24 hours at 37°C in 5% CO2, cells are either stained for AIM markers only or an additional incubation of 4 hours is carried out by adding Golgi-Plug containing brefeldin A, Golgi-Stop containing monensin (BD Biosciences, San Diego, CA), and in the case of the AIM+ICS assay combined CD137 APC antibody that is additionally added in culture (2: 100; Biolegend Cat# 309810). In all assays, cells are stained on their surface for 30 minutes at 4°C in the dark. For AIM assays, cells are then acquired directly, while for both ICS and AIM+ICS assays, cells are additionally fixed with 1% of paraformaldehyde (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, MO), permeabilized, and blocked for 15 minutes followed by intracellular staining for 30 min at room temperature.
[0134] HLA binding assays. Purification of MHC molecules by affinity chromatography is performed as detailed elsewhere 115. Briefly, EBV transformed homozygous cell lines or single MHC allele transfected (RM3, fibroblast, 721.221 or C1R) lines are utilized as sources of HLA class l and class II MHC molecules. Class I MHC molecules are purified from cell pellet lysates by repeated passage over Protein A Sepharose beads conjugated with the W6/32 (anti-HLA A, B, C) antibody. In some cases, HLA-A molecules may be separated from HLA-B and -C molecules by pre-passage over a B 1.23.2 (anti-HLA B, C and some A) column. Class II HLA-DR, DQ and DP molecules are captured by repeated passage of lysates over L243 (anti-HLA-DR), SPV-L3 (anti-HLA-DQ) and B7/21 (anti-HLA-DP) columns. Protein purity, concentration, and the effectiveness of depletion steps are monitored by SDS-PAGE and BCA assay.
Classical competition assays to quantitatively measure peptide binding to class I and II MHC molecules, based on inhibition of binding of high affinity radiolabeled peptides to purified MHC molecules, are performed as also detailed elsewhere 115. Briefly, 0.1-1 nM of radiolabeled peptide is co-incubated at room temperature or 37°C with purified MHC in the presence of a cocktail of protease inhibitors. Following a two- to four-day incubation, MHC bound radioactivity is determined by capturing MHC/peptide complexes on MHC locus specific mAb coated Lumitrac 600 plates (Greiner Bio-one, Frickenhausen, Germany), and measuring bound cpm using the TopCount (Packard Instrument Co., Meriden, CT) microscintillation counter. The concentration of peptide yielding 50% inhibition of binding of the radiolabeled peptide is calculated. Underthe conditions utilized, where [label]<[MHC] and IC50 > [MHC], measured IC50 values are reasonable approximations of true KD 201,202. Each competitor peptide is tested at six different concentrations covering a 100,000-fold range, and in three or more independent experiments. As a positive control, the unlabeled version of the radiolabeled probe is also tested in each experiment.
[0135] Determination of HLA restriction. HLA restriction assays using single HLA transfected cell lines are performed as previously described 122. Single HLA transfected RM3 (derived from human B lymphocyte cell line Raji) or DAP.3 (L cell fibroblast) are maintained in culture. In preparation for the assay, the cell lines are harvested and viability (all >75%) determined using Trypan Blue. Each cell line at 2x105 cells/well is pulsed with 10 pg/ml individual peptide for 1 h at 37 °C, followed by four washes in RPMI. PBMCs at 2xl05/well are stimulated in triplicate with peptide pulsed cell line (5x104 cells/well), cell line alone (as a control), peptides (10 pg/ml). PHA (10 pg/ml) or medium containing 0.25% DMSO (percent DMSO in the peptides, as a control) and measured in FluoroSPOT assay.
[0136] Definition of epitope-specific T cell receptor (TCR) repertoires. A panel of verified is are selected and their corresponding epitope -specific T cells are isolated based on the expression of surface markers that reflect TCR engagement and activation as described in detail elsewhere140 191. The inventors apply FACS to sort for activation marker-positive cells, which is routinely performed in the laboratory. DNA is then be extracted from isolated epitope-specific T cells and single-cell TCR-seq performed by applying lOx Genomics’s immune profiling kits. Reads are processed by using lOx Genomics’s cellranger toolkit (v4. 1.0) and downstream analyses is performed in R and python.
[0137] Embodiments.
[0138] Embodiment 1. A composition comprising:
[0139] one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0140] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0141] a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0142] a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0143] Embodiment 2. The composition of embodiment 1, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises 2 or more or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0144] Embodiment 3. The composition of embodiment 1 or embodiment 2, wherein the amino acid sequence is selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
[0145] Embodiment 4. The composition of embodiment 1 or embodiment 2, wherein the composition comprises one or more Lassa virus peptides amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0146] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0147] a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0148] a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0149] Embodiment 5. The composition of one of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the peptide or protein comprises an Arenavirus T cell epitope.
[0150] Embodiment 6. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
[0151] Embodiment 7. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0152] Embodiment 8. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0153] Embodiment 9. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 8, wherein one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids. [0154] Embodiment 10. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to an Arenavirus.
[0155] Embodiment 11. The composition of embodiment 10, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to the Arenavirus is an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
[0156] Embodiment 12. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 11, further comprising formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
[0157] Embodiment 13. The composition of embodiment 12, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL- 12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), damage- associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs), Freund’s complete adjuvant, Freund’s incomplete adjuvant, transforming growth factor (TGF)-beta antibody or antagonists, A2aR antagonists, lipopolysaccharides (LPS), Fas ligand, Trail, lymphotactin, Mannan (M-FP), APG-2, Hsp70 and Hsp90, pattern recognition receptor ligands, TLR3 ligands, TLR4 ligands, TLR5 ligands, TLR7/8 ligands, and TLR9 ligands.
[0158] Embodiment 14. The composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 13, wherein the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
[0159] Embodiment 15. The composition of embodiment 14, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
[0160] Embodiment 16. The composition of embodiment 14 or embodiment 15, wherein the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0161] Embodiment 17. A composition comprising monomers or multimers of:
[0162] peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
[0163] one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164),
[0164] concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof;
[0165] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0166] a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0167] Embodiment 18. A composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the MHC monomer or multimer.
[0168] Embodiment 19. A composition comprising:
[0169] one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0170] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164);
[0171] a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0172] a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0173] Embodiment 20. The composition of embodiment 19, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises, 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0174] Embodiment 21. The composition of embodiment 19 or embodiment 20, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus T cell epitope.
[0175] Embodiment 22. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 21, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
[0176] Embodiment 23. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 22, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0177] Embodiment 24. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 22, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0178] Embodiment 25. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 24, wherein one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
[0179] Embodiment 26. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 25, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to Lassa virus.
[0180] Embodiment 27. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 26, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to Lassa virus is a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof. [0181] Embodiment 28. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 27, further comprising formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
[0182] Embodiment 29. The composition of embodiment 28, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C),
MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL- 12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), damage- associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs), Freund’s complete adjuvant, Freund’s incomplete adjuvant, transforming growth factor (TGF)-beta antibody or antagonists, A2aR antagonists, lipopolysaccharides (LPS), Fas ligand, Trail, lymphotactin, Mannan (M-FP), APG-2, Hsp70 and Hsp90, pattern recognition receptor ligands, TLR3 ligands, TLR4 ligands, TLR5 ligands, TLR7/8 ligands, and TLR9 ligands.
[0183] Embodiment 30. The composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 29, wherein the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
[0184] Embodiment 31. The composition of embodiment 30, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
[0185] Embodiment 32. The composition of embodiment 30 or embodiment 31, wherein the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-g), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-B), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0186] Embodiment 33. A composition comprising monomers or multimers of:
[0187] one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
[0188] one or more Lassa virus amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof;
[0189] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0190] a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0191] Embodiment 34. A composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the (MHC) monomer or multimer.
[0192] Embodiment 35. A method for detecting the presence of: (i) an Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides, comprising:
[0193] providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells;
[0194] contacting a biological sample suspected of having Arenavirus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and
[0195] detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection
comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0196] Embodiment 36. The method of embodiment 35, wherein detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
[0197] Embodiment 37. The method of embodiment 35 or embodiment 36, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from those set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
[0198] Embodiment 38. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 37, wherein the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
[0199] Embodiment 39. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 38, wherein the method of detecting an immune response relevant to the Arenavirus comprises the following steps:
[0200] providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer;
[0201] contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and
[0202] measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer. [0203] Embodiment 40. The method of embodiment 39, wherein the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of the Arenavirus.
[0204] Embodiment 41. The method of embodiment 35, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
[0205] Embodiment 42. The method of embodiment 41, wherein the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0206] Embodiment 43. The method of embodiment 41, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0207] Embodiment 44. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 43, wherein the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
[0208] Embodiment 45. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 44, wherein the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0209] Embodiment 46. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 44, further comprising detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of an Arenavirus infection.
[0210] Embodiment 47. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 46, wherein detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous
immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
[0211] Embodiment 48. The method of any one of embodiments 35 to 47, further comprising administering a treatment comprising the composition of any one of embodiments 1-36 to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigenspecific T-cells.
[0212] Embodiment 49. A method for detecting the presence of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Lassa virus peptides, comprising:
[0213] providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells;
[0214] contacting a biological sample suspected of having Lassa virus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and
[0215] detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0216] Embodiment 50. The method of embodiment 49, wherein detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
[0217] Embodiment 51. The method of embodiment 49 or embodiment 50, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0218] Embodiment 52. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 51, wherein the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
[0219] Embodiment 53. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 52, wherein the method of detecting an immune response relevant to Lassa virus comprises the following steps:
[0220] providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer;
[0221] contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and
[0222] measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer. [0223] Embodiment 54. The method of embodiment 53, wherein the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of Lassa virus.
[0224] Embodiment 55. The method of embodiment 54, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
[0225] Embodiment 56. The method of embodiment 55, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0226] Embodiment 57. The method of embodiment 55, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavims.
[0227] Embodiment 58. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 57, wherein the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
[0228] Embodiment 59. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 58, wherein the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0229] Embodiment 60. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 59, further comprising detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of a Lassa virus infection.
[0230] Embodiment 61. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 60, wherein detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
[0231] Embodiment 62. The method of any one of embodiments 49 to 61, further comprising administering a treatment comprising the composition of any one of embodiments 1-34 to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigenspecific T-cells.
[0232] Embodiment 63. A method detecting an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
[0233] contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 36; and
[0234] determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Arenavirus. [0235] Embodiment 64. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the sample comprises T cells.
[0236] Embodiment 65. The method of embodiment 63 or embodiment 64, wherein the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti -Arenavirus activity of T cells.
[0237] Embodiment 66. The method of embodiment 64 or embodiment 65, wherein the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
[0238] Embodiment 67. The method of any one of embodiments 63 to 66, wherein the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to the Arenavirus more than once by
determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde.
[0239] Embodiment 68. The method of any one of embodiments 63 to 67, further comprising diagnosing an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of embodiments 1 to 34, and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to an Arenavirus.
[0240] Embodiment 69. The method of any one of embodiments 63 to 68, wherein the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
[0241] Embodiment 70. A method detecting Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
[0242] contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 36; and
[0243] determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Lassa virus. [0244] Embodiment 71. The method of embodiment 70, wherein the sample comprises T cells.
[0245] Embodiment 72. The method of embodiment 70 or embodiment 71, wherein the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti -Lassa virus activity of T cells.
[0246] Embodiment 73. The method of embodiment 71 or embodiment 72, wherein the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
[0247] Embodiment 74. The method of any one of embodiments 70 to 73, wherein the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to Lassa virus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde.
[0248] Embodiment 75. The method of any one of embodiments 70 to 74, further comprising diagnosing a Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of embodiments 19 to 34; and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to Lassa virus.
[0249] Embodiment 76. The method of any one of embodiments 70 to 75, wherein the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
[0250] Embodiment 77. A kit for the detection of Arenavirus or an immune response to Arenavirus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of:
[0251] one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of:
[0252] one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; or
[0253] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0254] a pool of 2 or more or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
[0255] Embodiment 78. The kit of embodiment 77, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope set forth in any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0256] Embodiment 79. The kit of embodiment 77 or embodiment 78, wherein the composition comprises: [0257] one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0258] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0259] a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0260] Embodiment 80. The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 79, wherein the amino acid sequence comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
[0261] Embodiment 81. The kit of embodiment 78 or embodiment 80, wherein the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0262] Embodiment 82. The kit of embodiment 78 or embodiment 80, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
[0263] Embodiment 83. The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 82, wherein the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
[0264] Embodiment 84. The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 83, wherein the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Arenavirus.
[0265] Embodiment 85. The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 84, wherein the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T- cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
[0266] Embodiment 86. The kit of any one of embodiments 77 to 85, wherein the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Arenavirus.
[0267] Embodiment 87. A kit for the detection of Lassa vims or an immune response to Lassa vims in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of:
[0268] one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of:
[0269] one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0270] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0271] a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0272] Embodiment 88. The kit of embodiment 87, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences is selected from a Lassa vims CD4 T cell epitope selected from any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164)- 20; or both.
[0273] Embodiment 89. The kit of embodiments 87 to 88, wherein the amino acid sequence comprises a Lassa vims CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
[0274] Embodiment 90. The kit of embodiment 89, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavims.
[0275] Embodiment 91. The kit of embodiment 89, wherein the Lassa vims T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavims.
[0276] Embodiment 92. The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 91, wherein the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
[0277] Embodiment 93. The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 92, wherein the kit includes instmction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Lassa vims or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa vims infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Lassa vims.
[0278] Embodiment 94. The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 93, wherein the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T- cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
[0279] Embodiment 95. The kit of any one of embodiments 87 to 94, wherein the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Lassa virus.
[0280] Embodiment 96. A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against an Arenavirus in a subject, comprising:
[0281] administering a composition of embodiments 1 to 34, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against the Arenavirus in the subject.
[0282] Embodiment 97. The method of embodiment 96, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology. [0283] Embodiment 98. The method of embodiment 96 or embodiment 97, wherein the immune response is specific to:
[0284] one or more Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0285] Embodiment 99. A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising:
[0286] administering a composition of embodiments to 19 to 34, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
[0287] Embodiment 100. The method of embodiment 99, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against a Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0288] Embodiment 101. The method of embodiment 99 or embodiment 100, wherein the immune response is specific to:
[0289] one or more Lassa viralpeptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
[0290] Embodiment 102. A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising:
[0291] administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of the Lassa viral protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
[0292] Embodiment 103. The method of embodiment 102, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology. [0293] Embodiment 104. A method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein, peptide or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid
sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Lassa virus T cell immune response.
[0294] Embodiment 105. The method of embodiment 104, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0295] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0296] a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0297] Embodiment 106. The method of embodiment 104, wherein the anti-Lassa virus T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both.
[0298] Embodiment 107. The method of any of embodiments 104 to 106, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of Lassa virus or two or more circulating forms of Lassa virus.
[0299] Embodiment 108. The method of embodiment 107, wherein the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
[0300] Embodiment 109. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 108, wherein the subject is a mammal or a human.
[0301] Embodiment 110. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 109, wherein the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
[0302] Embodiment 111. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 110, wherein the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0303] Embodiment 112. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 111, wherein the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0304] Embodiment 113. The method of embodiment 111 or embodiment 112, wherein the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
[0305] Embodiment 114. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 113, wherein the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0306] Embodiment 115. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 113, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus. [0307] Embodiment 116. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 115, wherein a plurality of Lassa virus T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
[0308] Embodiment 117. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 116, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
[0309] Embodiment 118. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 117, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
[0310] Embodiment 119. The method of any one of embodiments 104 to 118, wherein the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide.
[0311] Embodiment 120. The method of embodiment 119, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
[0312] Embodiment 121. The method of embodiment 119 or embodiment 120, wherein the modulator is IL-6, IFN-gamma, TGF-beta, or IL- 10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
[0313] Embodiment 122. A method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject the composition of any one of embodiments 1-36 in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection.
[0314] Embodiment 123. The method of embodiment 122, wherein the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
[0315] Embodiment 124. The method of embodiment 122, wherein the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
[0316] Embodiment 125. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 124, wherein the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0317] Embodiment 126. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 125, wherein the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0318] Embodiment 127. The method of embodiment 125 or embodiment 126, wherein the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
[0319] Embodiment 128. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 127, wherein the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
[0320] Embodiment 129. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 128, wherein the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
[0321] Embodiment 130. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 128, wherein the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
[0322] Embodiment 131. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 130, wherein the composition is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
[0323] Embodiment 132. The method of any one of embodiments 122 to 130, wherein the composition is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
[0324] Embodiment 133. A peptide or peptides that are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in a virus obtained by a method consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
[0325] obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus;
[0326] determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more viral antigen using unbiased selection;
[0327] synthesizing one or more pools of viral peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides;
[0328] combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes;
[0329] contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the viral;
[0330] determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and
[0331] deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool.
[0332] Embodiment 134. The peptide or peptides of embodiment 133, wherein the virus is an Arenavirus. [0333] Embodiment 135. The peptide or peptides of embodiment 134, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
[0334] Embodiment 136. The peptide or peptides of any one of embodiments 133 to 135, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0335] Embodiment 137. The peptide or peptides of any one of embodiments 133 to 136, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0336] Embodiment 138. A method of selecting an immunoprevalent or immunodominant peptide or protein of a virus comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of:
[0337] obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus;
[0338] determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more virus antigen using unbiased selection;
[0339] synthesizing one or more pools of virus peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides;
[0340] combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes;
[0341] contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the virus;
[0342] determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and
[0343] deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool.
[0344] Embodiment 139. The method of embodiment 138, wherein the virus is an Arenavirus.
[0345] Embodiment 140. The method of embodiment 139, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
[0346] Embodiment 141. The method of any one of embodiment 138 to 140, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
[0347] Embodiment 142. The method of any one of embodiments 138 to 141, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0348] Embodiment 143. A polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0349] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0350] a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0351] Embodiment 144. A vector that comprises the polynucleotide of embodiment 143.
[0352] Embodiment 145. The vector of embodiment 144, wherein the vector is a viral vector.
[0353] Embodiment 146. A host cell that comprises the vector of embodiment 144 or embodiment 145.
[0354] Embodiment 147. A polynucleotide that expresses:
[0355] one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof;
[0356] a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
[0357] a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
[0358] Embodiment 148. A vector that comprises the polynucleotide of embodiment 147.
[0359] Embodiment 149. The vector of embodiment 148, wherein the vector is a viral vector.
[0360] Embodiment 150. A host cell that comprises the vector of embodiment 148 or embodiment 149.
[0361] It is contemplated that any embodiment discussed in this specification can be implemented with respect to any method, kit, reagent, or composition of the invention, and vice versa. Furthermore, compositions of the invention can be used to achieve methods of the invention.
[0362] It will be understood that particular embodiments described herein are shown by way of illustration and not as limitations of the invention. The principal features of this invention can be employed in various embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures described herein. Such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of this invention and are covered by the claims.
[0363] All publications and patent applications mentioned in the specification are indicative of the level of skill of those skilled in the art to which this invention pertains. All publications and patent applications are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
[0364] The use of the word “a” or “an” when used in conjunction with the term “comprising” in the claims and/or the specification may mean “one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of “one or more,” “at least one,” and “one or more than one.” The use of the term “or” in the claims is used to mean “and/or” unless explicitly indicated to refer to alternatives only or the alternatives are mutually exclusive, although the disclosure supports a definition that refers to only alternatives and “and/or.” Throughout this application, the term “about” is used to indicate that a value includes the inherent variation of error for the device, the method being employed to determine the value, or the variation that exists among the study subjects.
[0365] As used in this specification and claim(s), the words “comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as “comprise” and “comprises”), “having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and “has”), “including” (and any form of including, such as “includes” and “include”) or “containing” (and any form of containing, such as “contains” and “contain”) are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. In embodiments of any of the compositions and methods provided
herein, “comprising” may be replaced with “consisting essentially of’ or “consisting of’. As used herein, the phrase “consisting essentially of’ requires the specified integer(s) or steps as well as those that do not materially affect the character or function of the claimed invention. As used herein, the term “consisting” is used to indicate the presence of the recited integer (e.g., a feature, an element, a characteristic, a property, a method/process step or a limitation) or group of integers (e.g., feature(s), element(s), characteristic(s), propertie(s), method/process steps or limitation(s)) only.
[0366] The term “or combinations thereof’ as used herein refers to all permutations and combinations of the listed items preceding the term. For example, “A, B, C, or combinations thereof’ is intended to include at least one of: A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC, and if order is important in a particular context, also BA, CA, CB, CBA, BCA, ACB, BAC, or CAB. Continuing with this example, expressly included are combinations that contain repeats of one or more item or term, such as BB, AAA, AB, BBC, AAABCCCC, CBBAAA, CABABB, and so forth. The skilled artisan will understand that typically there is no limit on the number of items or terms in any combination, unless otherwise apparent from the context.
[0367] As used herein, words of approximation such as, without limitation, “about”, “substantial” or “substantially” refers to a condition that when so modified is understood to not necessarily be absolute or perfect but would be considered close enough to those of ordinary skill in the art to warrant designating the condition as being present. The extent to which the description may vary will depend on how great a change can be instituted and still have one of ordinary skilled in the art recognize the modified feature as still having the required characteristics and capabilities of the unmodified feature. In general, but subject to the preceding discussion, a numerical value herein that is modified by a word of approximation such as “about” may vary from the stated value by at least ±1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12 or 15%.
[0368] Additionally, the section headings herein are provided for consistency with the suggestions under 37 CFR 1.77 or otherwise to provide organizational cues. These headings shall not limit or characterize the invention(s) set out in any claims that may issue from this disclosure. Specifically, and by way of example, although the headings refer to a “Field of Invention,” such claims should not be limited by the language under this heading to describe the so-called technical field. Further, a description of technology in the “Background of the Invention” section is not to be construed as an admission that technology is prior art to any invention(s) in this disclosure. Neither is the “Summary” to be considered a characterization of the invention(s) set forth in issued claims. Furthermore, any reference in this disclosure to “invention” in the singular should not be used to argue that there is only a single point of novelty in this disclosure. Multiple inventions may be set forth according to the limitations of the multiple claims issuing from this disclosure, and such claims accordingly define the invention(s), and their equivalents, that are protected thereby. In all instances, the scope of such claims shall be considered on their own merits in light of this disclosure, but should not be constrained by the headings set forth herein.
[0369] All of the compositions and/or methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill
in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and/or methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
[0370] To aid the Patent Office, and any readers of any patent issued on this application in interpreting the claims appended hereto, applicants wish to note that they do not intend any of the appended claims to invoke paragraph 6 of 35 U.S.C. § 112, U.S.C. § 112 paragraph (f), or equivalent, as it exists on the date of filing hereof unless the words “means for” or “step for” are explicitly used in the particular claim.
[0371] For each of the claims, each dependent claim can depend both from the independent claim and from each of the prior dependent claims for each and every claim so long as the prior claim provides a proper antecedent basis for a claim term or element.
REFERENCES
[0372] 1. Pietila, M. K., Hellstrom, K. & Ahola, T. Alphavirus polymerase and RNA replication. Virus Res 234, 44-57, (2017).
[0373] 2. Tarke, A. et al. Early and Polyantigenic CD4 T Cell Responses Correlate with Mild Disease in Acute COVID-19 Donors. IntJMol Sci 23, 7155, PMCID: PMC9267033 (2022).
[0374] 3. Rydyznski Moderbacher, C. et al. Antigen-Specific Adaptive Immunity to SARS-CoV-2 in Acute COVID-19 and Associations with Age and Disease Severity. Cell 183, 996-1012. el019, PMCID: PMC7494270 (2020).
[0375] 4. Sette, A., Sidney, J. & Crotty, S. T Cell Responses to SARS-CoV-2. Annu Rev Immunol, (2023). [0376] 5. Scurr, M. J. et al. Magnitude of venous or capillary blood-derived SARS-CoV-2-specific T cell response determines COVID-19 immunity. Nat Commun 13, 5422, PMCID: PMC9492763 equity in ImmunoServ Ltd. G.L. and T.R. are employees of ImmunoServ Ltd. All other authors declare no competing interests. (2022).
[0377] 6. Swadling, L. et al. Pre-existing polymerase -specific T cells expand in abortive seronegative SARS-CoV-2. Nature 601, 110-117, PMCID: PMC8732273 (2022).
[0378] 7. Kundu, R. et al. Cross-reactive memory T cells associate with protection against SARS-CoV-2 infection in COVID-19 contacts. Nat Commun 13, 80, PMCID: PMC8748880 (2022).
[0379] 8. Tarke, A. et al. SARS-CoV-2 vaccination induces immunological T cell memory able to crossrecognize variants from Alpha to Omicron. Cell 185, 847-859 e811, PMCID: PMC8784649 (2022).
[0380] 9. Tartof, S. Y. et al. Effectiveness of mRNA BNT162b2 COVID-19 vaccine up to 6 months in a large integrated health system in the USA: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet 398, 1407-1416, PMCID: PMC8489881 hold stock and stock options in Pfizer. TBF holds shares of Pfizer stock. SYT, JMS, HF, VH, BKA, ONR, TBF, and OAO received research support from Pfizer during the conduct of this study that was paid directly to KPSC. For work unrelated to this project, SYT received research funding from Gilead, GlaxoSmithKline, and Genentech; BKA received research funding from GlaxoSmithKline, Novavax, Dynavax, Genentech, Novartis, Seqirus, and Modema; JMS received research funding from
Novavax, Dynavax, and ALK; and HF received research funding from Genentech. All other authors declare no competing interests. (2021).
[0381] 10. Abu-Raddad, L. J. et al. SARS-CoV-2 antibody-positivity protects against reinfection for at least seven months with 95% efficacy. EClinicalMedicine 35, 100861, PMCID: PMC8079668 (2021).
[0382] 11. Hall, V. J. et al. SARS-CoV-2 infection rates of antibody-positive compared with antibodynegative health-care workers in England: a large, multicentre, prospective cohort study (SIREN). Lancet 397, 1459-1469, PMCID: PMC8040523 (2021).
[0383] 12. Mateus, J. et al. Low-dose mRNA-1273 COVID-19 vaccine generates durable memory enhanced by cross-reactive T cells. Science 374, eabj9853, PMCID: PMC8542617 (2021).
[0384] 13. Sagar, M. et al. Recent endemic coronavirus infection is associated with less-severe COVID- 19. J Clin lnvest 131, el43380, PMCID: PMC7773342 (2021).
[0385] 14. Aran, D., Beachler, D. C., Lanes, S. & Overhage, J. M. Prior presumed coronavirus infection reduces COVID-19 risk: A cohort study. J Infect 81, 923-930, PMCID: PMC7590640 (2020).
[0386] 15. Loyal, L. et al. Cross-reactive CD4(+) T cells enhance SARS-CoV-2 immune responses upon infection and vaccination. Science 374, eabhl823, (2021).
[0387] 16. Meyer-Arndt, L. et al. Cutting Edge: Serum but Not Mucosal Antibody Responses Are Associated with Pre-Existing SARS-CoV-2 Spike Cross-Reactive CD4(+) T Cells following BNT162b2 Vaccination in the Elderly. J Immunol 208, 1001-1005, (2022).
[0388] 17. Tarke, A. et al. Targets and cross-reactivity of human T cell recognition of Common Cold Coronaviruses. bioRxiv. PMCID: PMC9844015 (2023).
[0389] 18. Yauch, L. E. et al. A protective role for dengue virus-specific CD8+ T cells. J Immunol 182, 4865-4873, PMCID: PMC2674070 (2009).
[0390] 19. Yauch, L. E. et al. CD4+ T cells are not required for the induction of dengue virus-specific CD8+ T cell or antibody responses but contribute to protection after vaccination. J Immunol 185, 5405- 5416, PMCID: PMC2962919 (2010).
[0391] 20. Elong Ngono, A. et al. Protective Role of Cross-Reactive CD8 T Cells Against Dengue Virus Infection. EBioMedicine 13, 284-293, PMCID: PMC5264312 (2016).
[0392] 21. Grifoni, A. et al. Global Assessment of Dengue Virus-Specific CD4(+) T Cell Responses in Dengue-Endemic Areas. Front Immunol 8, 1309, PMCID: PMC5646259 (2017).
[0393] 22. Weiskopf, D. & Sette, A. T-cell immunity to infection with dengue virus in humans. Front Immunol 5, 93, PMCID: PMC3945531 (2014).
[0394] 23. Weiskopf, D. et al. Dengue virus infection elicits highly polarized CX3CR1+ cytotoxic CD4+ T cells associated with protective immunity. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 112, E4256-4263, PMCID: PMC4534238 (2015).
[0395] 24. Tian, Y ., Sette, A. & Weiskopf, D. Cytotoxic CD4 T Cells: Differentiation, Function, and Application to Dengue Virus Infection. Front Immunol 7, 531, PMCID: PMC5141332 (2016).
[0396] 25. Zellweger, R. M. et al. CD8+ T Cells Can Mediate Short-Term Protection against Heterotypic Dengue Virus Reinfection in Mice. J Virol 89, 6494-6505, PMCID: PMC4474296 (2015).
[0397] 26. Weiskopf, D. et al. Comprehensive analysis of dengue virus-specific responses supports an HLA-linked protective role for CD8+ T cells. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 110, E2046-2053, PMCID: PMC3670335 (2013).
[0398] 27. Wen, J. etal. Dengue virus-reactive CD8(+) T cells mediate cross-protection against subsequent Zika virus challenge. Nat Commun 8, 1459, PMCID: PMC5682281 Takeda Pharmaceuticals and on the Scientific Advisory Boards of Modema and OvaGene. The remaining authors declare no competing financial interests. (2017).
[0399] 28. Elong Ngono, A. et al. Mapping and Role of the CD8(+) T Cell Response During Primary Zika Virus Infection in Mice. Cell Host Microbe 21, 35-46, PMCID: PMC5234855 (2017).
[0400] 29. Ross, R. The Newala epidemic: III. The virus: isolation, pathogenic properties and relationship to the epidemic. Epidemiology & Infection 54, 177-191, (1956).
[0401] 30. Zeller, H., Van Bortel, W. & Sudre, B. Chikungunya: Its History in Africa and Asia and Its Spread to New Regions in 2013-2014. J Infect Dis 214, S436-S440, (2016).
[0402] 31. Chen, R. et al. Comprehensive Genome Scale Phylogenetic Study Provides New Insights on the Global Expansion of Chikungunya Virus. J Virol 90, 10600-10611, PMCID: PMC5110187 (2016).
[0403] 32. Burt, F. J. et al. Chikungunya virus: an update on the biology and pathogenesis of this emerging pathogen. Lancet Infect Dis 17, el07-el 17, (2017).
[0404] 33. Schilte, C. et al. Chikungunya virus-associated long-term arthralgia: a 36-month prospective longitudinal study. PLoSNegl Prop Dis 7, e2137, PMCID: PMC3605278 (2013).
[0405] 34. Borgherini, G. et al. Persistent arthralgia associated with chikungunya virus: a study of 88 adult patients on reunion island. Clin Infect Dis 47, 469-475, (2008).
[0406] 35. de Moraes, L. et al. A clinical scoring system to predict long-term arthralgia in Chikungunya disease: A cohort study. PLoSNegl Prop Dis 14, e0008467, PMCID: PMC7373495 (2020).
[0407] 36. Wauquier, N. et al. The acute phase of Chikungunya virus infection in humans is associated with strong innate immunity and T CD8 cell activation. J Infect Dis 204, 115-123, PMCID: PMC3307152 (2011).
[0408] 37. Gardner, J. et al. Chikungunya virus arthritis in adult wild-type mice. J Virol 84, 8021-8032, PMCID: PMC2916516 (2010).
[0409] 38. Morrison, T. E. et al. A mouse model of chikungunya virus-induced musculoskeletal inflammatory disease: evidence of arthritis, tenosynovitis, myositis, and persistence. Am J Pathol 178, 32- 40, PMCID: PMC3069999 (2011).
[0410] 39. Long, K. M. & Heise, M. T. Protective and Pathogenic Responses to Chikungunya Virus Infection. Curr Prop Med Rep 2, 13-21, PMCID: PMC4564112 (2015).
[0411] 40. Griffin, D. E., Lin, W. H. & Pan, C. H. Measles virus, immune control, and persistence. FEMS Microbiol Rev 36, 649-662, PMCID: PMC3319515 (2012).
[0412] 41. Borysiewicz, L. K., Casali, P., Rogers, B., Morris, S. & Sissons, J. G. The immunosuppressive effects of measles virus on T cell function— failure to affect IL-2 release or cytotoxic T cell activity in vitro. Clin Exp Immunol 59, 29-36, PMCID: PMC1577163 (1985).
[0413] 42. Khanolkar, A., Fuller, M. J. & Zajac, A. J. T cell responses to viral infections: lessons from lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus. Immunol Res 26, 309-321, (2002).
[0414] 43. Russier, M., Pannetier, D. & Baize, S. Immune responses and Lassa virus infection. Viruses 4, 2766-2785, PMCID: PMC3509672 (2012).
[0415] 44. Baize, S. et al. Early and strong immune responses are associated with control of viral replication and recovery in lassa virus-infected cynomolgus monkeys. J Virol 83, 5890-5903, PMCID: PMC2681932 (2009).
[0416] 45. Sullivan, B. M. et al. High crossreactivity of human T cell responses between Lassa virus lineages. PLoS Pathog 16, el008352, PMCID: PMC7080273 (2020).
[0417] 46. LaVergne, S. M. et al. Expansion of CD8+ T cell population in Lassa virus survivors with low T cell precursor frequency reveals durable immune response in most survivors. PLoS Negl Trop Dis 16, e0010882, PMCID: PMC9731491 (2022).
[0418] 47. Sakabe, S. etal. Identification of Common CD8(+) T Cell Epitopes from Lassa Fever Survivors in Nigeria and Sierra Leone. J Virol 94, PMCID: PMC7307091 (2020).
[0419] 48. Kotturi, M. F. et al. The CD8+ T-cell response to lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus involves the L antigen: uncovering new tricks for an old virus. J Virol 81, 4928-4940, PMCID: PMC 1900207 (2007). [0420] 49. Kotturi, M. F. et al. Polyfunctional CD4+ T cell responses to a set of pathogenic arenaviruses provide broad population coverage. Immunome Res 6, 4, PMCID: PMC2880318 (2010).
[0421] 50. Makris, S. & Johnston, S. Recent advances in understanding rhinovirus immunity. FlOOORes 7, PMCID: PMC6173106 (2018).
[0422] 51. Juhela, S. et al. Enterovirus infections and enterovirus specific T-cell responses in infancy. J Med Virol 54, 226-232, (1998).
[0423] 52. Whitton, J. L., Cornell, C. T. & Feuer, R. Host and virus determinants of picomavirus pathogenesis and tropism. Nat Rev Microbiol 3, 765-776, (2005).
[0424] 53. Sette, A. & Saphire, E. O. Inducing broad-based immunity against viruses with pandemic potential. Immunity 55, 738-748, (2022).
[0425] 54. Le Bert, N. etal. SARS-CoV-2-specific T cell immunity in cases of COVID-19 and SARS, and uninfected controls. Nature 584, 457-462, (2020).
[0426] 55. Habel, J. R. et al. Suboptimal SARS-CoV-2-specific CD8(+) T cell response associated with the prominent HLA-A*02:01 phenotype. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 117, 24384-24391, PMCID: PMC7533701 (2020).
[0427] 56. Rha, B. et al. Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus 2 Infections in Children: Multicenter Surveillance, United States, January-March 2020. J Pediatric Infect Dis Soc 9, 609-612, PMCID: PMC7337823 (2020).
[0428] 57. Gangaev, A. et al. Profound CD8 T cell responses towards the SARS-CoV-2 ORFlab in COVID-19 patients. Research Square, (2021).
[0429] 58. Prakash, S. et al. Genome-Wide Asymptomatic B-Cell, CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup> T-Cell Epitopes, that are Highly Conserved Between Human and Animal Coronaviruses, Identified from SARS-CoV-2 as Immune Targets for Pre-Emptive Pan-Coronavirus Vaccines. bioRxiv, 2020.2009.2027.316018, (2020).
[0430] 59. Sette, A. & Crotty, S. Adaptive immunity to SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19. Cell 184, 861-880, (2021).
[0431] 60. Sette, A. & Crotty, S. Pre-existing immunity to SARS-CoV-2: the knowns and unknowns. Nat Rev Immunol 20, 457-458, PMCID: PMC7339790 (2020).
[0432] 61. Grifoni, A. et al. Targets of T Cell Responses to SARS-CoV-2 Coronavirus in Humans with COVID-19 Disease and Unexposed Individuals. Cell 181, 1489-1501 el415, PMCID: PMC7237901 (2020).
[0433] 62. Mateus, J. et al. Selective and cross-reactive SARS-CoV-2 T cell epitopes in unexposed humans. Science 370, 89-94, PMCID: PMC7574914 (2020).
[0434] 63. Murray, S. M. et al. The impact of pre-existing cross-reactive immunity on SARS-CoV-2 infection and vaccine responses. Nat Rev Immunol, 1-13, PMCID: PMC9765363 (2022).
[0435] 64. Sagar, M. et al. Recent endemic coronavirus infection is associated with less-severe COVID- 19. J Clin Invest 131, PMCID: PMC7773342 (2021).
[0436] 65. da Silva Antunes, R. et al. Differential T-Cell Reactivity to Endemic Coronaviruses and SARS- CoV-2 in Community and Health Care Workers. J Infect Dis 224, 70-80, PMCID: PMC8083569 (2021).
[0437] 66. Weiskopf, D. et al. Immunodominance changes as a function of the infecting dengue virus serotype and primary versus secondary infection. J Virol 88, 11383-11394, PMCID: PMC4178794 (2014). [0438] 67. Weiskopf, D. et al. The human CD8+ T cell responses induced by a live attenuated tetravalent dengue vaccine are directed against highly conserved epitopes. J Virol 89, 120-128, PMCID: PMC4301095 (2015).
[0439] 68. Grifoni, A. et al. Prior Dengue Virus Exposure Shapes T Cell Immunity to Zika Virus in Humans. J Virol 91, PMCID: PMC5709580 (2017).
[0440] 69. Schouest, B. et al. Pre-existing T Cell Memory against Zika Virus. J Virol 95, PMCID: PMC8316092 (2021).
[0441] 70. Grifoni, A. et al. T Cell Responses Induced by Attenuated Flavivirus Vaccination Are Specific and Show Limited Cross-Reactivity with Other Flavivirus Species. J Virol 94, PMCID: PMC7199411 (2020).
[0442] 71. Grifoni, A. et al. T cell responses induced by attenuated flavivirus vaccination are specific and show limited cross-reactivity with other flavivirus species. J Virol, (2020).
[0443] 72. Ziola, B. & Smith, R. H. T cell cross-reactivity among viruses of the paramyxoviridae. Viral Immunol }., 111-119, (1987).
[0444] 73. de Vries, R. D. et al. Human Paramyxovirus Infections Induce T Cells That Cross-React with Zoonotic Henipaviruses. mBio 11, PMCID: PMC7343989 (2020).
[0445] 74. ter Meulen, J. et al. Old and New World arenaviruses share a highly conserved epitope in the fusion domain of the glycoprotein 2, which is recognized by Lassa virus-specific human CD4+ T-cell clones. Virology 321, 134 - 143, (2004).
[0446] 75. Botten, J. et al. A multivalent vaccination strategy for the prevention of Old World arenavirus infection in humans. J Virol 84, 9947-9956, PMCID: PMC2937778 (2010).
[0447] 76. Kotturi, M. F. et al. A multivalent and cross-protective vaccine strategy against arenaviruses associated with human disease. PLoS Pathog 5, el000695, PMCID: PMC2787016 (2009).
[0448] 77. Poh, C. M., Chan, Y. H. & Ng, L. F. P. Role of T Cells in Chikungunya Virus Infection and Utilizing Their Potential in Anti-Viral Immunity. Front Immunol 11, 287, PMCID: PMC7046835 (2020). [0449] 78. Powers, A. M. et al. Evolutionary relationships and systematics of the alphaviruses. J Virol 75, 10118-10131, PMCID: PMC114586 (2001).
[0450] 79. Graham, S., Wang, E. C., Jenkins, O. & Borysiewicz, L. K. Analysis of the human T-cell response to picomaviruses: identification of T-cell epitopes close to B-cell epitopes in poliovirus. J Virol 67, 1627-1637, PMCID: PMC237534 (1993).
[0451] 80. Wei, R. etal. A dominant EV71-specific CD4+ T cell epitope is highly conserved among human enteroviruses. PLoS One 7, e51957, PMCID: PMC3522610 employees of EpiVax, Inc., a privately owned vaccine design company located in Providence, Rhode Island, United States of America. These authors attest that this manuscript is free of bias related to their industry affiliations. Ryan Tassone of EpiVax assisted with editing this manuscript. There are no patents, products in development or marketed products to declare. This does not alter the authors’ adherence to all the PLOS ONE policies on sharing data and materials, as detailed online in the guide for authors. (2012).
[0452] 81. Bui, H. H., Peters, B., Assarsson, E., Mbawuike, I. & Sette, A. Ab and T cell epitopes of influenza A virus, knowledge and opportunities. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 104, 246-251, PMCID: PMC1765443 (2007).
[0453] 82. Blythe, M. J. et al. An analysis of the epitope knowledge related to Mycobacteria. Immunome Res 3, 10, PMCID: PMC2228276 (2007).
[0454] 83. Vaughan, K. et al. Meta-analysis of immune epitope data for all Plasmodia: overview and applications for malarial immunobiology and vaccine-related issues. Parasite Immunol 31, 78-97, PMCID: PMC3327129 (2009).
[0455] 84. Vaughan, K. et al. Towards defining molecular determinants recognized by adaptive immunity in allergic disease: an inventory of the available data. J Allergy (Cairo) 2010, 628026, PMCID: PMC3042621 (2010).
[0456] 85. Vaughan, K., Greenbaum, J., Blythe, M., Peters, B. & Sette, A. Meta-analysis of all immune epitope data in the Flavi virus genus: inventory of current immune epitope data status in the context of virus immunity and immunopathology. Viral Immunol 23, 259-284, PMCID: PMC2942863 (2010).
[0457] 86. Kim, Y. et al. A meta-analysis of the existing knowledge of immunoreactivity against hepatitis C vims (HCV). PLoS One 7, e38028, PMCID: PMC3364976 (2012).
[0458] 87. Vaughan, K., Kim, Y. & Sette, A. A comparison of epitope repertoires associated with myasthenia gravis in humans and nonhuman hosts. Autoimmune Dis 2012, 403915, PMCID: PMC3518085 (2012).
[0459] 88. Vaughan, K. et al. Navigating diabetes-related immune epitope data: resources and tools provided by the Immune Epitope Database (IEDB). Immunome Res 9, PMCID: PMC4134942 (2013).
[0460] 89. Vaughan, K., Peters, B., O’Connor, K. C., Martin, R. & Sette, A. A molecular view of multiple sclerosis and experimental autoimmune encephalitis: what can we leam from the epitope data? J Neuroimmunol 267, 73-85, PMCID: PMC4784960 (2014).
[0461] 90. Vaughan, K., Seymour, E., Peters, B. & Sette, A. Substantial gaps in knowledge of Bordetella pertussis antibody and T cell epitopes relevant for natural immunity and vaccine efficacy. Hum Immunol 75, 440-451, PMCID: PMC4792526 (2014).
[0462] 91. Grifoni, A. et al. A survey of known immune epitopes in the enteroviruses strains associated with acute flaccid myelitis. Hum Immunol 80, 923-929, PMCID: PMC6876747 (2019).
[0463] 92. Tian, Y ., Grifoni, A., Sette, A. & Weiskopf, D. Human T Cell Response to Dengue Vims Infection. Front Immunol 10, 2125, PMCID: PMC6737489 (2019).
[0464] 93. Grifoni, A. et al. SARS-CoV-2 human T cell epitopes: Adaptive immune response against COVID-19. Cell Host Microbe 30, 1788, PMCID: PMC9749374 (2022).
[0465] 94. Grifoni, A. et al. SARS-CoV-2 human T cell epitopes: Adaptive immune response against COVID-19. Cell Host Microbe 29, 1076-1092, PMCID: PMC8139264 (2021).
[0466] 95. Dan, J. M. et al. A Cytokine -Independent Approach To Identify Antigen-Specific Human Germinal Center T Follicular Helper Cells and Rare Antigen-Specific CD4+ T Cells in Blood. J Immunol 197, 983-993, PMCID: PMC4955771 (2016).
[0467] 96. da Silva Antunes, R. et al. Definition of Human Epitopes Recognized in Tetanus Toxoid and Development of an Assay Strategy to Detect Ex Vivo Tetanus CD4+ T Cell Responses. PLoS One 12, e0169086, PMCID: PMC5230748 (2017).
[0468] 97. Bacher, P. & Scheffold, A. Flow-cytometric analysis of rare antigen-specific T cells. Cytometry A 83, 692-701, (2013).
[0469] 98. Mallone, R. & Nepom, G. T. MHC Class II tetramers and the pursuit of antigen-specific T cells: define, deviate, delete. Clin Immunol 110, 232-242, (2004).
[0470] 99. Nepom, G. T. MHC multimers: expanding the clinical toolkit. Clin Immunol 106, 1-4, (2003).
[0471] 100. Kotturi, M. F. et al. Human CD8(+) and CD4(+) T cell memory to lymphocytic choriomeningitis vims infection. J Virol 85, 11770-11780, PMCID: PMC3209290 (2011).
[0472] 101. Robinson, J. etal. IMGT/HLA and IMGT/MHC: sequence databases forthe study of the major histocompatibility complex. Nucleic acids research 31, 311-314, PMCID: PMC 165517 (2003).
[0473] 102. Robinson, J. et al. The IPD and IMGT/HLA database: allele variant databases. Nucleic acids research 43, D423-431, PMCID: PMC4383959 (2015).
[0474] 103. Robinson, J. et al. IPD-IMGT/HLA Database. Nucleic acids research 48, D948-D955, PMCID: PMC7145640 (2020).
[0475] 104. Gonzalez-Galarza, F. F. et al. Allele frequency net 2015 update: new features for HLA epitopes, KIR and disease and HLA adverse drug reaction associations. Nucleic acids research 43, D784- 788, PMCID: PMC4383964 (2015).
[0476] 105. Sette, A. & Sidney, J. Nine major HLA class I supertypes account for the vast preponderance of HLA-A and -B polymorphism. Immunogenetics 50, 201-212, (1999).
[0477] 106. Angelo, M. A. et al. Human CD4(+) T Cell Responses to an Attenuated Tetravalent Dengue Vaccine Parallel Those Induced by Natural Infection in Magnitude, HLA Restriction, and Antigen Specificity. J Virol 91, PMCID: PMC5309943 (2017).
[0478] 107. Greenbaum, J. et al. Functional classification of class II human leukocyte antigen (HLA) molecules reveals seven different supertypes and a surprising degree of repertoire sharing across supertypes. Immunogenetics 63, 325-335, PMCID: PMC3626422 (2011).
[0479] 108. Gonzalez-Galarza, F. F. et al. Allele frequency net database (AFND) 2020 update: gold- standard data classification, open access genotype data and new query tools. Nucleic acids research 48, D783-D788, PMCID: PMC7145554 (2020).
[0480] 109. Weiskopf, D. et al. HLA-DRB1 Alleles Are Associated With Different Magnitudes of Dengue Virus-Specific CD4+ T-Cell Responses. J Infect Dis 214, 1117-1124, PMCID: PMC5021234 (2016).
[0481] 110. Grifoni, A. et al. Sequence-based HLA-A, B, C, DP, DQ, and DR typing of 714 adults from Colombo, Sri Lanka. Hum Immunol 79, 87-88, (2018).
[0482] 111. McKinney, D. M. et al. A strategy to determine HLA class II restriction broadly covering the DR, DP, and DQ allelic variants most commonly expressed in the general population. Immunogenetics 65, 357-370, PMCID: PMC3633633 (2013).
[0483] 112. Weiskopf, D. etal. Sequence-based HLA-A, B, C, DP, DQ, and DR typing of 339 adults from Managua, Nicaragua. Hum Immunol 79, 1-2, PMCID: PMC5788571 (2018).
[0484] 113. Tishkoff, S. A. et al. The genetic structure and history of Africans and African Americans. Science 324, 1035-1044, PMCID: PMC2947357 (2009).
[0485] 114. Bergmann, T. et al. The common equine class I molecule Eqca-l*00101 (ELA-A3.1) is characterized by narrow peptide binding and T cell epitope repertoires. Immunogenetics 67, 675-689, PMCID: PMC4783141 (2015).
[0486] 115. Sidney, J. et al. Measurement of MHC/peptide interactions by gel filtration or monoclonal antibody capture. Curr Protoc Immunol Chapter 18, Unit 18 13, PMCID: PMC3626435 (2013).
[0487] 116. Bergmann, T. et al. Peptide -binding motifs of two common equine class I MHC molecules in Thoroughbred horses. Immunogenetics 69, 351-358, PMCID: PMC5555743 (2017).
[0488] 117. Sette, A. et al. The relationship between class I binding affinity and immunogenicity of potential cytotoxic T cell epitopes. J Immunol 153, 5586-5592, (1994).
[0489] 118. Sidney, J. et al. Divergent motifs but overlapping binding repertoires of six HLA-DQ molecules frequently expressed in the worldwide human population. J Immunol 185, 4189-4198, PMCID: PMC3307390 (2010).
[0490] 119. Sidney, J. et al. Five HLA-DP molecules frequently expressed in the worldwide human population share a common HLA supertypic binding specificity. J Immunol 184, 2492-2503, PMCID: PMC2935290 (2010).
[0491] 120. Southwood, S. et al. Several common HLA-DR types share largely overlapping peptide binding repertoires. J Immunol 160, 3363-3373, (1998).
[0492] 121. Vita, R. et al. The immune epitope database (IEDB) 3.0. Nucleic acids research 43, D405- 412, PMCID: PMC4384014 (2015).
[0493] 122. Paul, S. et al. Experimental validation of the RATE tool for inferring HLA restrictions of T cell epitopes. BMC immunology 18, 20, PMCID: 5499093 (2017).
[0494] 123. Sidney, J., Peters, B. & Sette, A. Epitope prediction and identification- adaptive T cell responses in humans. Semin Immunol 50, 101418, PMCID: PMC7749839 (2020).
[0495] 124. Carrasco Pro, S. et al. Automatic Generation of Validated Specific Epitope Sets. J Immunol Res 2015, 763461, PMCID: PMC4629045 (2015).
[0496] 125. Verheijen, M. et al. DMSO induces drastic changes in human cellular processes and epigenetic landscape in vitro. Sci Rep 9, 4641, PMCID: PMC6420634 (2019).
[0497] 126. de Abreu Costa, L. et al. Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) Decreases Cell Proliferation and TNF- alpha, IFN-gamma, and IL-2 Cytokines Production in Cultures of Peripheral Blood Lymphocytes. Molecules 22, PMCID: PMC6150313 (2017).
[0498] 127. Maecker, H. T. et al. Use of overlapping peptide mixtures as antigens for cytokine flow cytometry. J Immunol Methods 255, 27-40, (2001).
[0499] 128. Peters, B., Nielsen, M. & Sette, A. T Cell Epitope Predictions. Annu Rev Immunol 38, 123- 145, (2020).
[0500] 129. Dhanda, S. K. et al. IEDB-AR: immune epitope database-analysis resource in 2019. Nucleic acids research 47, W502-W506, PMCID: PMC6602498 (2019).
[0501] 130. Grifoni, A. et al. A Sequence Homology and Bioinformatic Approach Can Predict Candidate Targets for Immune Responses to SARS-CoV-2. Cell Host Microbe 27, 671-680 c672. PMCID: PMC7142693 (2020).
[0502] 131. Tarke, A. et al. Impact of SARS-CoV-2 variants on the total CD4(+) and CD8(+) T cell reactivity in infected or vaccinated individuals. Cell Rep Med 2, 100355, PMCID: PMC8249675 (2021).
[0503] 132. Yu, E. D. et al. Development of a T cell-based immunodiagnostic system to effectively distinguish SARS-CoV-2 infection and COVID-19 vaccination status. Cell Host Microbe 30, 388-399 e383, PMCID: PMC8824221 (2022).
[0504] 133. Tarke, A. et al. Comprehensive analysis of T cell immunodominance and immunoprevalence of SARS-CoV-2 epitopes in CO VID-19 cases. Cell Rep Med 2, 100204, PMCID: PMC7837622 (2021).
[0505] 134. Grifoni, A. etal. Characterization of Magnitude and Antigen Specificity of HLA-DP, DQ, and DRB3/4/5 Restricted DENV-Specific CD4+ T Cell Responses. Front Immunol 10, 1568, PMCID: PMC6624677 (2019).
[0506] 135. Grifoni, A. et al. Patterns of Cellular Immunity Associated with Experimental Infection with rDEN2Delta30 (Tonga/74) Support Its Suitability as a Human Dengue Virus Challenge Strain. J Virol 91, PMCID: PMC5375662 (2017).
[0507] 136. Weiskopf, D. et al. Insights into HLA-restricted T cell responses in a novel mouse model of dengue virus infection point toward new implications for vaccine design. J Immunol 187, 4268-4279, PMCID: PMC3186824 (2011).
[0508] 137. Mateus, J. etal. Identification of Novel Yellow Fever Class II Epitopes in YF-17D Vaccinees. Viruses 12, PMCID: PMC7697718 (2020).
[0509] 138. Yu, E. D. et al. Balanced Cellular and Humoral Immune Responses Targeting Multiple Antigens in Adults Receiving a Quadrivalent Inactivated Influenza Vaccine. Vaccines (Basel) 9, PMCID: PMC8146362 (2021).
[0510] 139. Poon, M. M. L. et al. Heterogeneity of human anti-viral immunity shaped by virus, tissue, age, and sex. Cell Rep 37, 110071, PMCID: PMC8719595 (2021).
[0511] 140. Meckiff, B. J. etal. Imbalance of Regulatory and Cytotoxic SARS-CoV-2-Reactive CD4(+) T Cells in COVID-19. Cell 183, 1340-1353 el316, PMCID: PMC7534589 (2020).
[0512] 141. Dhanwani, R. et al. Profding Human Cytomegalovirus-Specific T Cell Responses Reveals Novel Immunogenic Open Reading Frames. J Virol 95, e0094021, PMCID: PMC8513490 (2021).
[0513] 142. Voic, H. et al. Identification and Characterization of CD4(+) T Cell Epitopes after Shingrix Vaccination. J Virol 94, PMCID: PMC7925171 (2020).
[0514] 143. Al-Kolla, R. et al. Design and validation of HIV peptide pools for detection of HIV-specific CD4+ and CD8+ T cells. PLoS One 17, e0268370, PMCID: PMC9380920 (2022).
[0515] 144. Grifoni, A. et al. Defining antigen targets to dissect vaccinia virus and monkeypox virusspecific T cell responses in humans. Cell Host Microbe 30, 1662-1670 el664, PMCID: PMC9718645 (2022).
[0516] 145. Weiskopf, D. et al. Human CD8+ T-Cell Responses Against the 4 Dengue Virus Serotypes Are Associated With Distinct Patterns of Protein Targets. J Infect Dis 212, 1743-1751, PMCID: PMC4633759 (2015).
[0517] 146. Tian, Y. et al. Dengue -specific CD8+ T cell subsets display specialized transcriptomic and TCR profiles. J Clin Invest 129, 1727-1741, PMCID: PMC6436856 (2019).
[0518] 147. Tian, Y. et al. Unique phenotypes and clonal expansions of human CD4 effector memory T cells re-expressing CD45RA. Nat Commun 8, 1473, PMCID: PMC5684192 (2017).
[0519] 148. Patil, V. S. et al. Precursors of human CD4(+) cytotoxic T lymphocytes identified by singlecell transcriptome analysis. Sci Immunol 3, PMCID: PMC5931334 (2018).
[0520] 149. Tian, Y. et al. Molecular Signatures of Dengue Virus- Specific IL-10/IFN-gamma Coproducing CD4 T Cells and Their Association with Dengue Disease. Cell Rep 29, 4482-4495 e4484, PMCID: PMC6942518 (2019).
[0521] 150. Grifoni, A. et al. Transcriptomics of Acute DENV-Specific CD8+ T Cells Does Not Support Qualitative Differences as Drivers of Disease Severity. Vaccines (Basel) 10, PMCID: PMC9029181 (2022).
[0522] 151. Dan, J. M. et al. Immunological memory to SARS-CoV-2 assessed for up to 8 months after infection. Science 371, PMCID: PMC7919858 (2021).
[0523] 152. Rydyznski Moderbacher, C. et al. Antigen-Specific Adaptive Immunity to SARS-CoV-2 in Acute COVID-19 and Associations with Age and Disease Severity. Cell 183, 996-1012 el019, PMCID: PMC7494270 (2020).
[0524] 153. Tan, A. T. et al. Early induction of functional SARS-CoV-2-specific T cells associates with rapid viral clearance and mild disease in COVID-19 patients. Cell Rep 34, 108728, PMCID: PMC7826084 (2021).
[0525] 154. Tarke, A. et al. Early and Polyantigenic CD4 T Cell Responses Correlate with Mild Disease in Acute COVID-19 Donors. Int J Mol Sci 23, PMCID: PMC9267033 (2022).
[0526] 155. Zhang, Z. et al. Humoral and cellular immune memory to four COVID-19 vaccines. Cell 185, 2434-2451 e2417, PMCID: PMC9135677 (2022).
[0527] 156. Cardona-Ospina, J. A., Villamil-Gomez, W. E., Jimenez-Canizales, C. E., Castaneda- Hernandez, D. M. & Rodriguez-Morales, A. J. Estimating the burden of disease and the economic cost attributable to chikungunya, Colombia, 2014. Trans R Soc Trop Med Hyg 109, 793-802, (2015).
[0528] 157. Vita, R. etal. The Immune Epitope Database (IEDB): 2018 update. Nucleic acids research 47, D339-d343, PMCID: PMC6324067 (2019).
[0529] 158. Paul, S. et al. Determination of a Predictive Cleavage Motif for Eluted Major Histocompatibility Complex Class II Ligands. Front Immunol 9, 1795, PMCID: PMC6087742 (2018).
[0530] 159. Trolle, T. et al. The Length Distribution of Class I-Restricted T Cell Epitopes Is Determined by Both Peptide Supply and MHC Allele-Specific Binding Preference. J Immunol 196, 1480-1487, PMCID: PMC4744552 (2016).
[0531] 160. Chicz, R. M. et al. Predominant naturally processed peptides bound to HLA-DR1 are derived from MHC-related molecules and are heterogeneous in size. Nature 358, 764-768, (1992).
[0532] 161. Madden, D. R. The three-dimensional structure of peptide-MHC complexes. Annu Rev Immunol 13, 587-622, (1995).
[0533] 162. Tadros, D. M., Eggenschwiler, S., Racle, J. & Gfeller, D. The MHC Motif Atlas: a database of MHC binding specificities and ligands. Nucleic acids research 51, D428-D437, PMCID: PMC9825574 (2023).
[0534] 163. Dhanda, S. K. et al. ImmunomeBrowser: a tool to aggregate and visualize complex and heterogeneous epitopes in reference proteins. Bioinformatics 34, 3931-3933, PMCID: PMC6223373 (2018).
[0535] 164. Bochtler, W. et al. An update to the HLA Nomenclature Guidelines of the World Marrow Donor Association, 2012. Bone Marrow Transplant 48, 1387-1388, (2013).
[0536] 165. Bui, H. H. et al. Predicting population coverage of T-cell epitope-based diagnostics and vaccines. BMC Bioinformatics 7, 153, PMCID: PMC1513259 (2006).
[0537] 166. Lamonaca, V. et al. Conserved hepatitis C virus sequences are highly immunogenic for CD4(+) T cells: implications for vaccine development. Hepatology 30, 1088-1098, (1999).
[0538] 167. Fu, L., Niu, B., Zhu, Z., Wu, S. & Li, W. CD-HIT: accelerated for clustering the nextgeneration sequencing data. Bioinformatics 28, 3150-3152, PMCID: PMC3516142 (2012).
[0539] 168. Li, W. & Godzik, A. Cd-hit: a fast program for clustering and comparing large sets of protein or nucleotide sequences. Bioinformatics 22, 1658-1659, (2006).
[0540] 169. Edgar, R. C. MUSCLE: a multiple sequence alignment method with reduced time and space complexity. BMC Bioinformatics 5, 113, PMCID: PMC517706 (2004).
[0541] 170. Dhanda, S. K. et al. Development of a novel clustering tool for linear peptide sequences. Immunology 155, 331-345, PMCID: PMC6187223 (2018).
[0542] 171. Grifoni, A. et al. SARS-CoV-2 Human T cell Epitopes: adaptive immune response against COVID-19. Cell host & microbe, (2021).
[0543] 172. Paul, S. et al. Development and validation of a broad scheme for prediction of HLA class II restricted T cell epitopes. J Immunol Methods 422, 28-34, PMCID: PMC4458426 (2015).
[0544] 173. Mangada, M. M. et al. Dengue-specific T cell responses in peripheral blood mononuclear cells obtained prior to secondary dengue virus infections in Thai schoolchildren. J Infect Dis 185, 1697-1703, (2002).
[0545] 174. Green, S. et al. Early immune activation in acute dengue illness is related to development of plasma leakage and disease severity. J Infect Dis 179, 755-762, (1999).
[0546] 175. Kulkami, S. P. et al. Regulatory T cells and IL-10 as modulators of chikungunya disease outcome: a preliminary study. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis 36, 2475-2481, (2017).
[0547] 176. Harari, A. et al. Skewed association of polyfunctional antigen-specific CD8 T cell populations with HLA-B genotype. Proc Natl Aca d Sci USA 104, 16233-16238, PMCID: PMC1999394 (2007).
[0548] 177. Precopio, M. L. et al. Immunization with vaccinia virus induces polyfimctional and phenotypically distinctive CD8(+) T cell responses. J Exp Med 204, 1405-1416, PMCID: PMC2118607 (2007).
[0549] 178. Pantaleo, G. & Harari, A. Functional signatures in antiviral T-cell immunity for monitoring virus-associated diseases. Nat Rev Immunol 6, 417-423, (2006).
[0550] 179. Sun, J. C. & Bevan, M. J. Defective CD8 T cell memory following acute infection without CD4 T cell help. Science 300, 339-342, PMCID: PMC2778341 (2003).
[0551] 180. Mueller, S. N., Gebhardt, T., Carbone, F. R. & Heath, W. R. Memory T cell subsets, migration patterns, and tissue residence. Amu Rev Immunol 31, 137-161, (2013).
[0552] 181. Beverley, P. C. Immunology of vaccination. BrMed Bull 62, 15-28, (2002).
[0553] 182. Appay, V., van Lier, R. A., Sallusto, F. & Roederer, M. Phenotype and function of human T lymphocyte subsets: consensus and issues. Cytometry A 73, 975-983, (2008).
[0554] 183. Ocwieja, K. E. et al. Phylogeography and molecular epidemiology of an epidemic strain of dengue virus type 1 in Sri Lanka. Am J Trop Med Hyg 91, 225-234, PMCID: PMC4125241 (2014).
[0555] 184. Bacher, P. et al. Regulatory T Cell Specificity Directs Tolerance versus Allergy against Aeroantigens in Humans. Cell 167, 1067-1078 el016, (2016).
[0556] 185. Bacher, P. et al. Human Anti-fungal Thl7 Immunity and Pathology Rely on Cross-Reactivity against Candida albicans. Cell 176, 1340-1355 el315, (2019).
[0557] 186. Bacher, P. et al. Antigen-reactive T cell enrichment for direct, high-resolution analysis of the human naive and memory Th cell repertoire. J Immunol 190, 3967-3976, (2013).
[0558] 187. Seumois, G. et al. Single-cell transcriptomic analysis of allergen-specific T cells in allergy and asthma. Sci Immunol 5, (2020).
[0559] 188. Meckiff, B. J. et al. Imbalance of Regulatory and Cytotoxic SARS-CoV-2-Reactive CD4(+) T Cells in COVID-19. Cell, PMCID: PMC7534589 (2020).
[0560] 189. Braun, J. et al. Presence of SARS-CoV-2 reactive T cells in COVID-19 patients and healthy donors. medRxiv, 2020.2004.2017.20061440, (2020).
[0561] 190. Thieme, C. J. etal. The SARS-CoV-2 T-cell immunity is directed against the spike, membrane, and nucleocapsid protein and associated with COVID 19 severity. medRxiv, 2020.2005.2013.20100636, (2020).
[0562] 191. Kusnadi, A. et al. Severely ill COVID-19 patients display impaired exhaustion features in SARS-CoV-2 -reactive CD8(+) T cells. Sci Immunol 6, (2021).
[0563] 192. Fajardo, V., Meckiff, B., Brightman, S., Chee, S., Simon, H., Marchand-Casas, I., Kusnadi, A., Thota, R., Phillips, E., Mallal, S., Pelosi, E., Peters, B., Weiskopf, D., Sette, A., Seumois, G., Cheroutre, H., Schoenberger, S., Ottensmeier, C. & Vijayanand, P. SARS-CoV-2 cross-reactive CD4+ T cells recognize multiple viruses and display cytotoxic features. . In revision Science Immunology, (2023).
[0564] 193. Eschweiler, S. et al. JAML immunotherapy targets recently activated tumor-infiltrating CD8(+) T cells. Cell Rep 42, 112040, (2023).
[0565] 194. Eschweiler, S. etal. Intermittent PI3Kdelta inhibition sustains anti-tumour immunity and curbs irAEs. Nature 605, 741-746, PMCID: PMC9132770 (2022).
[0566] 195. Eschweiler, S. et al. Intratumoral follicular regulatory T cells curtail anti-PD-1 treatment efficacy. Nat Immunol 22, 1052-1063, PMCID: PMC8434898 (2021).
[0567] 196. Vita, R. et al. The immune epitope database 2.0. Nucleic acids research 38, D854-862, PMCID: PMC2808938 (2010).
[0568] 197. Wang, P. et al. Peptide binding predictions for HLA DR, DP and DQ molecules. BMC Bioinformatics 11, 568, PMCID: PMC2998531 (2010).
[0569] 198. Wang, P. et al. A systematic assessment of MHC class II peptide binding predictions and evaluation of a consensus approach. PLoS Comput Biol 4, el000048, PMCID: PMC2267221 (2008).
[0570] 199. Hinz, D. et al. Definition of a pool of epitopes that recapitulates the T cell reactivity against major house dust mite allergens. Clinical and experimental allergy : journal of the British Society for Allergy and Clinical Immunology , 1601-1612, PMCID: PMC4526447 (2015).
[0571] 200. Zhang, Z. et al. Humoral and cellular immune memory to four COVID-19 vaccines. Cell 185, 2434-2451.e2417, PMCID: PMC9135677 (2022).
[0572] 201. Cheng, Y. & Prusoff, W. H. Relationship between the inhibition constant (KI) and the concentration of inhibitor which causes 50 per cent inhibition (150) of an enzymatic reaction. Biochem Pharmacol 22, 3099-3108, (1973).
[0573] 202. Gulukota, K., Sidney, J., Sette, A. & DeLisi, C. Two complementary methods for predicting peptides binding major histocompatibility complex molecules. J Mol Biol 267, 1258-1267, (1997).
Claims
1. A composition comprising: one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises 2 or more or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
3. The composition of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the amino acid sequence is selected from an Arenavirus T cell epitope selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
4. The composition of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the composition comprises one or more Lassa virus peptides amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
5. The composition of one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the peptide or protein comprises an Arenavirus T cell epitope.
6. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
7. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
8. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus and the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
9. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
10. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to an Arenavirus.
11. The composition of claim 10, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to the Arenavirus is an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
12. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
13. The composition of claim 12, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL- 12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), damage- associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs), Freund’s complete adjuvant, Freund’s incomplete adjuvant, transforming growth factor (TGF)-beta antibody or antagonists, A2aR antagonists, lipopolysaccharides (LPS), Fas ligand, Trail, lymphotactin, Mannan (M-FP), APG-2, Hsp70 and Hsp90, pattern recognition receptor ligands, TLR3 ligands, TLR4 ligands, TLR5 ligands, TLR7/8 ligands, and TLR9 ligands.
14. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
15. The composition of claim 14, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
16. The composition of claim 14 or claim 15, wherein the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-y), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-P), or Interleukin- 10 (IL-10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
17. A composition comprising monomers or multimers of: peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
18. A composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC)
monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the MHC monomer or multimer.
19. A composition comprising: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
20. The composition of claim 19, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises, or wherein the fusion protein comprises, 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
21. The composition of claim 19 or claim 20, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus T cell epitope.
22. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
23. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
24. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
25. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein one or more peptides or proteins has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
26. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 25, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances a T cell response to Lassa virus.
27. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 26, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases or enhances the T cell response to Lassa virus is a Lassa virus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof.
28. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 27, further comprising formulating the one or more peptides or proteins into an immunogenic formulation with an adjuvant.
29. The composition of claim 28, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of alum, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, calcium phosphate hydroxide, cytosine-guanosine oligonucleotide (CpG-ODN) sequence, granulocyte
macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL), poly(I:C), MF59, Quil A, N-acetyl muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (MDP), FIA, montanide, poly (DL-lactide- coglycolide), squalene, virosome, AS03, ASO4, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-10, IL- 12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, STING, CD40L, pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs), damage- associated molecular pattern molecules (DAMPs), Freund’s complete adjuvant, Freund’s incomplete adjuvant, transforming growth factor (TGF)-beta antibody or antagonists, A2aR antagonists, lipopolysaccharides (LPS), Fas ligand, Trail, lymphotactin, Mannan (M-FP), APG-2, Hsp70 and Hsp90, pattern recognition receptor ligands, TLR3 ligands, TLR4 ligands, TLR5 ligands, TLR7/8 ligands, and TLR9 ligands.
30. The composition of any one of claims 19 to 29, wherein the composition further comprises a modulator of immune response.
31. The composition of claim 30, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
32. The composition of claim 30 or claim 31, wherein the modulator is Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Interferon-gamma (IFN-g), Transforming growth factor beta (TGF-B), or Interleukin- 10 (IL- 10), or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
33. A composition comprising monomers or multimers of: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: one or more Lassa virus amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), concatemers, subsequences, portions, homologues, variants or derivatives thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a polynucleotide that encodes one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
34. A composition comprising one or more peptide-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) monomers or multimers, wherein the peptide-MHC monomer or multimer comprises a peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), in a groove of the (MHC) monomer or multimer.
35. A method for detecting the presence of: (i) an Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Arenavirus peptides, comprising: providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells; contacting a biological sample suspected of having Arenavirus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and
detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more or more amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
36. The method of claim 35, wherein detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
37. The method of claim 35 or claim 36, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from those set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
38. The method of any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
39. The method of any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein the method of detecting an immune response relevant to the Arenavirus comprises the following steps: providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer; contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of the Arenavirus.
41. The method of claim 35, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
43. The method of claim 41, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
44. The method of any one of claims 35 to 43, wherein the protein or peptide has a length from about
9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
45. The method of any one of claims 35 to 44, wherein the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
46. The method of any one of claims 35 to 44, further comprising detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of an Arenavirus infection.
47. The method of any one of claims 35 to 46, wherein detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a
microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
48. The method of any one of claims 35 to 47, further comprising administering a treatment comprising the composition of any one of claims 1-36 to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigen-specific T-cells.
49. A method for detecting the presence of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to one or more Lassa virus peptides, comprising: providing one or more proteins or peptides for detection of an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells; contacting a biological sample suspected of having Lassa virus-specific T-cells to one or more proteins or peptides for detection; and detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigenspecific T-cells in the biological sample, wherein the one or more proteins or peptides for detection comprise one or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or comprise a pool of 2 or more amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
50. The method of claim 49, wherein detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises one or more steps of identification or detection of the antigen-specific T-cells and measuring the amount of the antigen-specific T-cells.
51. The method of claim 49 or claim 50, wherein the one or more peptides or proteins comprises 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
52. The method of any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein the detecting the amount or a relative amount of, and/or activity of antigen-specific T-cells comprises indirect detection and/or direct detection.
53. The method of any one of claims 49 to 52, wherein the method of detecting an immune response relevant to Lassa virus comprises the following steps: providing an MHC monomer or an MHC multimer; contacting a population T-cells to the MHC monomer or MHC multimer; and measuring the number, activity or state of T-cells specific for the MHC monomer or MHC multimer.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the MHC monomer or MHC multimer comprises a protein or peptide of Lassa virus.
55. The method of claim 54, wherein the protein or peptide comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
57. The method of claim 55, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another
Arenavirus.
58. The method of any one of claims 49 to 57, wherein the protein or peptide has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
59. The method of any one of claims 49 to 58, wherein the proteins or peptides comprise 2 or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
60. The method of any one of claims 49 to 59, further comprising detecting the presence or amount of the one or more peptides in a biological sample, or a response thereto, which is diagnostic of a Lassa virus infection.
61. The method of any one of claims 49 to 60, wherein detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
62. The method of any one of claims 49 to 61, further comprising administering a treatment comprising the composition of any one of claims 1-34 to the subject from which the biological sample was drawn that increases the amount or relative amount of, and/or activity of the antigen-specific T-cells.
63. A method detecting an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of claims 1 to 36; and determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Arenavirus.
64. The method of claim 63, wherein the sample comprises T cells.
65. The method of claim 63 or claim 64, wherein the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti-Arenavirus activity of T cells.
66. The method of claim 64 or claim 65, wherein the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
67. The method of any one of claims 63 to 66, wherein the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to the Arenavirus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profile that is different from a primary T cell immune response profile.
68. The method of any one of claims 63 to 67, further comprising diagnosing an Arenavirus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a
composition of any one of claims 1 to 34, and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to an Arenavirus.
69. The method of any one of claims 63 to 68, wherein the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
70. A method detecting Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of claims 19 to 36; and determining if the composition elicits an immune response from the contacted cells, wherein the presence of an immune response indicates that the subject has been exposed to or infected with Lassa virus.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the sample comprises T cells.
72. The method of claim 70 or claim 71, wherein the response comprises inducing, increasing, promoting or stimulating anti -Lassa virus activity of T cells.
73. The method of claim 71 or claim 72, wherein the T cells are CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
74. The method of any one of claims 70 to 73, wherein the method comprises determining whether the subject has been infected by or exposed to Lassa virus more than once by determining if the subject elicits a secondary T cell immune response profde that is different from a primary T cell immune response profde.
75. The method of any one of claims 70 to 74, further comprising diagnosing a Lassa virus infection or exposure in a subject, the method comprising contacting a biological sample from a subject with a composition of any one of claims 19 to 34; and determining if the composition elicits a T cell immune response, wherein the T cell immune response identifies that the subject has been infected with or exposed to Lassa virus.
76. The method of any one of claims 70 to 75, wherein the method is conducted three or more days following the date of suspected infection by or exposure to an Arenavirus.
77. A kit for the detection of Arenavirus or an immune response to Arenavirus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of: one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; or a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: I to 164).
78. The kit of claim 77, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from an
Arenavirus T cell epitope set forth in any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
79. The kit of claim 77 or claim 78, wherein the composition comprises: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
80. The kit of any one of claims 77 to 79, wherein the amino acid sequence comprises an Arenavirus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
81. The kit of claim 78 or claim 80, wherein the T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
82. The kit of claim 78 or claim 80, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
83. The kit of any one of claims 77 to 82, wherein the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
84. The kit of any one of claims 77 to 83, wherein the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Arenavirus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Arenavirus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Arenavirus.
85. The kit of any one of claims 77 to 84, wherein the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, FACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
86. The kit of any one of claims 77 to 85, wherein the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Arenavirus.
87. A kit for the detection of Lassa virus or an immune response to Lassa virus in a subject comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of: one or more T cells that specifically detect the presence of: one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or
a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
88. The kit of claim 87, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences is selected from a Lassa virus CD4 T cell epitope selected from any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164)-20; or both.
89. The kit of claims 87 to 88, wherein the amino acid sequence comprises a Lassa virus CD8+ or CD4+ T cell epitope.
90. The kit of claim 89, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is not conserved in another Arenavirus.
91. The kit of claim 89, wherein the Lassa virus T cell epitope is conserved in another Arenavirus.
92. The kit of any one of claims 87 to 91, wherein the fusion protein has a length from about 9-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-75 or 75-100 amino acids.
93. The kit of any one of claims 87 to 92, wherein the kit includes instruction for a diagnostic method, a process, a composition, a product, a service or component part thereof for the detection of: (i) Lassa virus or (ii) an immune response relevant to Lassa virus infections, vaccines or therapies, including T cells responsive to Lassa virus.
94. The kit of any one of claims 87 to 93, wherein the kit includes reagents for detecting an amount or a relative amount of, and/or the activity of, and/or the state of antigen-specific T-cells in the biological sample comprises measuring one or more of a cytokine or lymphokine secretion assay, T cell proliferation, immunoprecipitation, immunoassay, ELISA, radioimmunoassay, immunofluorescence assay, Western Blot, LACS analysis, a competitive immunoassay, a noncompetitive immunoassay, a homogeneous immunoassay a heterogeneous immunoassay, a bioassay, a reporter assay, a luciferase assay, a microarray, a surface plasmon resonance detector, a florescence resonance energy transfer, immunocytochemistry, or a cell mediated assay, or a cytokine proliferation assay.
95. The kit of any one of claims 87 to 94, wherein the kit includes reagents for determining a Human Leukocyte Antigen (HLA) profile of a subject, and selecting peptides that are presented by the HLA profile of the subject for detecting an immune response to Lassa virus.
96. A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against an Arenavirus in a subject, comprising: administering a composition of claims 1 to 34, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against the Arenavirus in the subject.
97. The method of claim 96, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against an Arenavirus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Arenavirus infection or pathology.
98. The method of claim 96 or claim 97, wherein the immune response is specific to: one or more Lassa virus peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
99. A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response
against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising: administering a composition of claims to 19 to 34, in an amount sufficient to stimulate, induce, promote, increase, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
100. The method of claim 99, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against a Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
101. The method of claim 99 or claim 100, wherein the immune response is specific to: one or more Lassa viralpeptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof.
102. A method of stimulating, inducing, promoting, increasing, or enhancing an immune response against Lassa virus in a subject, comprising: administering to a subject an amount of a protein or peptide or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein or peptide comprising, consisting of or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of the Lassa viral protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to prevent, stimulate, induce, promote, increase, immunize against, or enhance an immune response against Lassa virus in the subject.
103. The method of claim 102, wherein the immune response provides the subject with protection against Lassa virus infection or pathology, or one or more physiological conditions, disorders, illnesses, diseases or symptoms caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
104. A method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject an amount of a protein, peptide or a polynucleotide that expresses the protein or peptide comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence of an Arenavirus protein or peptide, or a variant, homologue, derivative or subsequence thereof, wherein the protein or peptide comprises at least two amino acid sequences selected from any one of Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164) or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection, wherein the protein or peptide comprises or consists of an Arenavirus T cell epitope that elicits, stimulates, induces, promotes, increases, or enhances an anti-Lassa virus T cell immune response.
105. The method of claim 104, wherein the one or more amino acid sequences are selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth
in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
106. The method of claim 104, wherein the anti-Lassa vims T cell response is a CD8+, a CD4+ T cell response, or both.
107. The method of any of claims 104 to 106, wherein the T cell epitope is conserved across two or more clinical isolates of Lassa vims or two or more circulating forms of Lassa vims.
108. The method of claim 107, wherein the Lassa vims infection is an acute infection.
109. The method of any one of claims 104 to 108, wherein the subject is a mammal or a human.
110. The method of any one of claims 104 to 109, wherein the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
111. The method of any one of claims 104 to 110, wherein the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa vims infection or pathology.
112. The method of any one of claims 104 to 111, wherein the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa vims infection or pathology.
113. The method of claim 111 or claim 112, wherein the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
114. The method of any one of claims 104 to 113, wherein the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa vims infection or pathology.
115. The method of any one of claims 104 to 113, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof, is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa vims.
116. The method of any one of claims 104 to 115, wherein a plurality of Lassa vims T cell epitopes are administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa vims.
117. The method of any one of claims 104 to 116, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered within 2-72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa vims infection or exposure develops.
118. The method of any one of claims 104 to 117, wherein the protein or peptide, or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa vims.
119. The method of any one of claims 104 to 118, wherein the method further comprises administering a modulator of immune response prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following the administration to the subject of an amount of a protein or peptide.
120. The method of claim 119, wherein the modulator of immune response is a modulator of the innate immune response.
121. The method of claim 119 or claim 120, wherein the modulator is IL-6, IFN-y, TGF-p, or IL-10, or an agonist or antagonist thereof.
122. A method of treating, preventing, or immunizing a subject against Lassa virus infection, comprising administering to a subject the composition of any one of claims 1-36 in an amount sufficient to treat, prevent, or immunize the subject for Lassa virus infection.
123. The method of claim 122, wherein the Lassa virus infection is an acute infection.
124. The method of claim 122, wherein the method reduces Lassa viral titer, increases or stimulates Lassa viral clearance, reduces or inhibits Lassa viral proliferation, reduces or inhibits increases in Lassa viral titer or Lassa viral proliferation, reduces the amount of a Lassa viral protein or the amount of a Lassa viral nucleic acid, or reduces or inhibits synthesis of a Lassa viral protein or a Lassa viral nucleic acid.
125. The method of any one of claims 122 to 124, wherein the method reduces one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
126. The method of any one of claims 122 to 125, wherein the method improves one or more adverse physiological conditions, disorders, illness, diseases, symptoms or complications caused by or associated with Lassa virus infection or pathology.
127. The method of claim 125 or claim 126, wherein the symptom is fever or chills, joint pain, fatigue, muscle or body aches, headache, nausea or vomiting, diarrhea, conjunctivitis or rash.
128. The method of any one of claims 122 to 127, wherein the method reduces or inhibits susceptibility to Lassa virus infection or pathology.
129. The method of any one of claims 122 to 128, wherein the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
130. The method of any one of claims 122 to 128, wherein the composition is administered prior to, substantially contemporaneously with or following exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
131. The method of any one of claims 122 to 130, wherein the composition is administered within 2- 72 hours, 2-48 hours, 4-24 hours, 4-18 hours, or 6-12 hours after a symptom of Lassa virus infection or exposure develops.
132. The method of any one of claims 122 to 130, wherein the composition is administered prior to exposure to or infection of the subject with Lassa virus.
133. A peptide or peptides that are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in a virus obtained by a method consisting of, or consisting essentially of: obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus;
determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more viral antigen using unbiased selection; synthesizing one or more pools of viral peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides; combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes; contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the viral; determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool.
134. The peptide or peptides of claim 133, wherein the virus is an Arenavirus.
135. The peptide or peptides of claim 134, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
136. The peptide or peptides of any one of claims 133 to 135, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ
ID NOS: I to 164).
137. The peptide or peptides of any one of claims 133 to 136, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
138. A method of selecting an immunoprevalent or immunodominant peptide or protein of a virus comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of: obtaining an amino acid sequence of the virus; determining one or more sets of overlapping peptides spanning one or more virus antigen using unbiased selection; synthesizing one or more pools of virus peptides comprising the one or more sets of overlapping peptides; combining the one or more pools of viral peptides with Class I major histocompatibility proteins (MHC), Class II MHC, or both Class I and Class II MHC to form peptide-MHC complexes; contacting the peptide-MHC complexes with T cells from subjects exposed to the virus; determining which pools triggered cytokine release by the T cells; and deconvoluting from the pool of peptides that elicited cytokine release by the T cells, which peptide or peptides are immunoprevalent or immunodominant in the pool.
139. The method of claim 138, wherein the virus is an Arenavirus.
140. The method of claim 139, wherein the Arenavirus is Lassa virus.
141. The method of any one of claim 138 to 140, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
142. The method of any one of claims 138 to 141, wherein the immunodominant peptides are selected
from 1, 2 or more peptides selected from the amino acid sequences set forth in those sequences set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
143. A polynucleotide that expresses one or more peptides or proteins, comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more or more peptides comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
144. A vector that comprises the polynucleotide of claim 143.
145. The vector of claim 144, wherein the vector is a viral vector.
146. A host cell that comprises the vector of claim 144 or claim 145.
147. A polynucleotide that expresses: one or more peptides or proteins comprising, consisting of, or consisting essentially of an amino acid sequence selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164), or a subsequence, portion, homologue, variant or derivative thereof; a fusion protein comprising one or more amino acid sequences selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164); or a pool of 2 or more peptides selected from any sequence set forth in Table 1 (SEQ ID NOS: 1 to 164).
148. A vector that comprises the polynucleotide of claim 147.
149. The vector of claim 148, wherein the vector is a viral vector.
150. A host cell that comprises the vector of claim 148 or claim 149.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202363604736P | 2023-11-30 | 2023-11-30 | |
| US63/604,736 | 2023-11-30 | ||
| US202463621485P | 2024-01-16 | 2024-01-16 | |
| US63/621,485 | 2024-01-16 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025117490A1 true WO2025117490A1 (en) | 2025-06-05 |
Family
ID=95898143
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2024/057372 Pending WO2025117490A1 (en) | 2023-11-30 | 2024-11-26 | Arenavirus t cell epitopes, megapools and uses thereof |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025117490A1 (en) |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20140274762A1 (en) * | 2011-12-09 | 2014-09-18 | Jean-Claude Manuguerra | Multiplex immuno screening assay |
| US20230293630A1 (en) * | 2020-02-12 | 2023-09-21 | La Jolla Institute For Immunology | Coronavirus T Cell Epitopes and Uses Thereof |
-
2024
- 2024-11-26 WO PCT/US2024/057372 patent/WO2025117490A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20140274762A1 (en) * | 2011-12-09 | 2014-09-18 | Jean-Claude Manuguerra | Multiplex immuno screening assay |
| US20230293630A1 (en) * | 2020-02-12 | 2023-09-21 | La Jolla Institute For Immunology | Coronavirus T Cell Epitopes and Uses Thereof |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20230293630A1 (en) | Coronavirus T Cell Epitopes and Uses Thereof | |
| US20230158137A1 (en) | Coronavirus vaccine | |
| US20250231185A1 (en) | Coronavirus T Cell Epitopes, Megapools and Uses Thereof | |
| US20150150960A1 (en) | Protection against dengue virus and prevention of severe dengue disease | |
| WO2022023727A1 (en) | Polypeptide panels and uses thereof | |
| AU2022350653A1 (en) | Coronavirus vaccines and methods of use | |
| US20220249651A1 (en) | Universal vaccines against immunogens of pathogenic organisms that provide organism-specific and cross-group protection | |
| WO2022140706A1 (en) | Immune-regulatory li-key peptide vaccines for prophylaxis and long-term protection against sars-cov-2 infection and covid-19 disease | |
| US20240294900A1 (en) | Common Cold Coronavirus T Cell Epitopes, Methods and Uses Thereof | |
| Vogel et al. | Single-dose CpG immunization protects against a heterosubtypic challenge and generates antigen-specific memory T cells | |
| US20240409587A1 (en) | Coronavirus T Cell Epitopes and Uses Thereof | |
| WO2025117490A1 (en) | Arenavirus t cell epitopes, megapools and uses thereof | |
| Song et al. | A synthetic SARS-CoV-2-derived T-cell and B-cell peptide cocktail elicits full protection against lethal Omicron BA. 1 infection in H11-K18-hACE2 mice | |
| Somogyi et al. | Peptide vaccine candidate mimics the heterogeneity of natural SARS-CoV-2 immunity in convalescent humans and induces broad T cell responses in mice models | |
| WO2015025165A1 (en) | T cell epitopes of classical swine fever virus | |
| US20230349889A1 (en) | Methods of Determining Immune Response | |
| EP2723372A2 (en) | Protection against dengue virus and prevention of severe dengue disease | |
| US20250341513A1 (en) | Bordetella T Cells Epitopes, Megapools and Uses Thereof | |
| WO2025064770A2 (en) | Alphavirus t cell epitopes, megapools and uses thereof | |
| WO2024011211A2 (en) | Poxvirus t cell epitopes, megapools and uses thereof | |
| Mayer | Spike-specific T cell immunity following vaccination against the human coronaviruses SARS-CoV-2 and MERS-CoV | |
| US20250332249A1 (en) | Cytomegalovirus t cell epitopes and uses thereof | |
| US20240400620A1 (en) | Compositions Containing Coronavirus Proteins and Epitopes | |
| WO2025128638A1 (en) | Cow milk allergen epitopes, megapools and uses thereof | |
| WO2024073546A2 (en) | Mycobacterium t cells epitopes, megapools and uses thereof |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24898608 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |